Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs

1. Dams

Reclamation Manual
Design Data Collection Guidelines
Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs

1. Dams. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines contains
additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request, design
data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and submittal.
This paragraph lists data required for design of a storage dam; however, design data for a
diversion dam shall be submitted in accordance with the list so far as the items are
applicable. The Project Team and the Design Team for the dam will review the data used
for authorization and the changes that have occurred since that time, the damsite selected,
and the choice of structure type and recommend a design data collection program to the
design office and an estimated schedule.

A. General Map(s) Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area.

(2) The structure site or sites.

(3) County and township lines.

(4) Existing towns, residences, private property, highways, roads, bridges

with special loads or size limitations, railroads and shipping points, public
utilities such as electric power and telephone lines, pipelines, etc., and
stream-gauging stations.

(5) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads, and sites
for contractor's staging areas, and construction facilities.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and disposal
areas for waste excavation.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building areas, areas of cultural
sensitivity; and areas of archeological, historical and mining or
paleontological interest. The locations of these features should bear the
parenthetical reference to the agency most concerned; for example,
Reclamation (Bureau of Reclamation).

(8) Rights-of-way for construction, access, and staging areas.

(9) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

September 2007 1
Design Data Collection Guidelines

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of length and major
structures required for new construction access road; and possible
alternative means for delivering construction materials and equipment at
the structure site.

(2) Local freight or trucking rates.

(3) Availability of or need for permanent buildings for operating personnel.

(4) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; telephone utility; fire protection services; and
electric power for construction (give location, power supplier, voltage,
number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission lines; power rate
schedules; probability of interruption of supply; and requirements for
additional transmission line, if needed).

(5) Climatic conditions that will affect construction and operation and
maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; summer and winter temperatures, with
extremes; extreme wind velocities and prevailing directions; and
probability of excessive dust or sand.

(6) Names and telephone numbers of local utilities and contacts within those
organizations.

C. Surface Data:

(1) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control should
be established at the earliest possible time. A coordinate system on a true
north-south grid should be established with the origin located so that all of
the features (including borrow areas) at a major structure will be in one
quadrant, and so that the values of the coordinates for any major structure
are widely separated numerically. The coordinate system should be
related to a state or national coordinate system, if available. All preceding
survey work, including topography and location and ground surface
elevation of subsurface exploration, should be corrected to agree with the
permanent control system; and all subsequent survey work, including
location and ground surface elevation of subsurface exploration, should be
based on the permanent control. All surveys should be tied to the
established coordinate system at each construction site.

2 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

(2) Topographic Map. A topographic map covering an area sufficient to

accommodate all possible arrangements of structures including dam,
spillway, outlet works, and diversion works; normally this should be on a
scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet with a contour interval of 2 feet. For large
dams and structures, a scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet with a contour
interval of 5 feet is acceptable. For flat or gently sloping topography,
contour intervals as low as 1 foot may be desirable. Show the coordinate
system and existing land survey corner monuments or special control
points established for the topographic survey. Show all manmade features
in the included area.

(3) Aerial Photographs. Aerial photographs (size 8 by 10 inches, color if

feasible) of the sites of major dams and structures. The purpose of the
aerial views is to permit early preparation of an artist's rendition of the
feature and to permit a study of the environmental impact of the structure.
Later such renditions or drawings may be used for inclusion in
specifications or for other purposes.

These photographs should be taken from locations that would best show
the proposed structure and from a vertical angle of approximately 20E to
30E above the horizontal. Where possible, indicate known tie points to the
topographic maps. These photographs should be taken between 11 a.m.
and 2 p.m., so as not to show the principal area of the proposed structure
in shadow. Also submit the negatives or color slides.

Each region is urged to provide these photographs for smaller dams or

auxiliary structures whenever it is considered that artist's conceptions
would be beneficial to the project and the architectural designs would be
influenced by the physical characteristics of the area.

(4) Photographs. Color photographs of all existing facilities or structures in

the vicinity of the proposed dam and closeup views of any features which
may affect designs. Black and white photographs are acceptable for
structures to be removed or demolished. Color or Black and White
Photographs of structure sites with structure locations marked in ink.

D. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements: The need for foundation data

should be established by the joint efforts of originating office personnel
and the office(s) providing design services. For major structures it is
recommended that a field conference be held, including an inspection of
the site. This conference should result in a geologic investigations
program outlining the need for and extent of surface and subsurface
studies, and other requirements. The geologic investigations program

September 2007 3
Design Data Collection Guidelines

must be based on site conditions and the type of structure. The complexity
of the site will determine the detail of the investigation.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for this type of facility. The geologist should apply these guidelines with
good judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by
the particular geologic setting and engineering requirements. Because the
collection of geologic data is a dynamic process and often continues into
the preparation of final designs, all stages of the specification design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with the
designer through the appropriate geology office. The regional or
Technical Service Center (TSC) geologic and geophysical staff will
provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering of these design
data.

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map of dam and entire reservoir area showing
location of explorations. Locations of all existing explorations
should be indicated by coordinates or stationing of the permanent
survey control system for the facility. Include evaluation of water-
holding capability of reservoir.

(c) Conduct specific foundation exploration at site of all dams and

appurtenant structures, diversion or outlet works, spillways,
pumping or generating plants. Furnish data adequate for preparing
bedrock contour maps, geologic cross sections or other illustrations
required to demonstrate foundation conditions.

(d) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention

being paid to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling
minerals, low-density materials, presence of gypsum and other
sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see Engineering Geology Field
Manual).

(e) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering geologic matters such as compressive strength,
shear strength, elastic modulus, swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates; depth of weathering, fracturing, joints,
faults, and other discontinuities.

(f) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

4 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

(g) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density,
penetration resistance, permeability, compressive and shear
strength, and consolidation or expansion characteristics, etc.). The
type and number of samples and tests required should be
determined in cooperation with the design office.

(h) Summary and data obtained from exploration by geophysical

methods (seismic, resistivity, etc.), if performed.

(i) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, potential reservoir leakage,
water-producing capabilities, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(j) Logs of explorations. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn

drilling, chop and wash or other methods which result in less than
adequate sample recovery may need to be augmented by
appropriate borehole electric (geophysical) logs.

(k) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions. A

complete map of possible landslide areas with as much detail as
practicable.

(l) Determine age, location, and characteristics of faulting in the

vicinity, especially if suspected to be late Pleistocene or Holocene,
to assist in the determination of the seismicity of the site by
specialists.

(m) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(n) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling
conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground
temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems
should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

(o) Geological information pertinent to reservoir water-holding

capability, operation and use, location and type of mines or mining
claims, potential landslides and major faults.

E. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas

September 2007 5
Design Data Collection Guidelines

where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,

drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within 1/4 mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within 1/4 mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant
features. If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection,
describe the structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Inventory of available impervious and pervious embankment materials and

rock for riprap and rockfill. Location of and distance to borrow areas and
approximate quantities available.

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See Concrete Manual.)

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider required excavation material as a possible source.

(4) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distances

from the structure site.

(5) References to results of sampling and analysis of materials including

previous tests and photographs of sources.

(6) Report alkali conditions in soil and water which might affect the choice of
sulfate resisting cement.

(7) Statement of availability of timber for structural work and lumber for
other purposes.

(8) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction materials.

(9) Requirements concerning permanent stockpiles and suggested permanent

stockpile locations.

6 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

(10) Information including catalogues on firms, within practical hauling

distance from the site, manufacturing precast concrete products and brick
or other masonry units.

G. Water for Construction Purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item becomes
critical. Determine if up to 2-cubic-foot-per-second (ft3/s) diversion flow for
construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government should
obtain the water rights required. If necessary to use ground water, obtain
information on probable sources and yields. Furnish information on locations and
yields of existing wells in the vicinity. Determine restrictions, if any, to use of
ground water for this purpose. It may be necessary to obtain permits from State
or other governing agencies. Retrieve water quality samples for testing and
evaluation.

H. Hydrologic Data. The hydrologic data for a dam will be documented in a report
for the feasibility designs and will have been updated based on any additional
information developed since the feasibility designs. The specifications design
data submittal shall reference this document and thus eliminate the need to repeat
the information enumerated below. If, for any reason, the information
enumerated below is not contained or is not updated in the report prepared for the
feasibility design then this information should be provided for the specifications
design.

(1) Inflow design flood and possible preceding and recurring flood
hydrographs with recommended routing criteria. For a diversion dam
involving little or no storage, normally a probability curve of flood peak
discharges up to the 100-year point will be sufficient. However, if the
structure is judged to pose a significant threat to a downstream population,
the design flow may be based on a longer recurrence interval.

(2) Flood hydrographs for frequencies of 5, 10, and 25 years for use in
diversion during construction. Requirements for maintaining streamflow
or diversions during construction and maximum length, time, and number
of permitted interruptions.

(3) Data for preparation of specifications hydrographs, including the location

of gauging station at or near the damsite and the dates for which
hydrographs should be prepared. Copies of the daily discharge record
should be supplied for stations with unpublished records.

(4) Method of reservoir operation for flood control and maximum permissible
releases.

I. Reservoir Data:

(1) Area capacity curves and/or tables to at least the dam crest elevation.

September 2007 7
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(2) Topography for small reservoirs, on a scale of 1 inch equals 400 feet and a
contour interval of 5 feet; for large reservoirs, on a scale of 1 inch equals
2,000 feet and a contour interval of 10 feet.

(3) Completed reservoir storage allocations, showing storage allocations and

corresponding elevations.

(4) Physical, economic, or legal limitations to maximum reservoir water

surface.

(5) Anticipated occurrence and amounts of sediment, ice (thickness), and drift
(trash), and possible effect on reservoir outlets, spillway, and other
appurtenances.

(6) Extent of anticipated wave action including a discussion of wind fetch.

J. Operating Data:

(1) Details of required downstream control sections, measuring devices,

gauging stations, or other operating works.

(2) Reservoir backwater curves, including the effect of sediment deltas if

upstream right-of-way will be critically affected or damaged.

(3) Location, hydraulic section, and water surface elevation of irrigation or

power canal diverting from the reservoir.

(4) Annual periodic fluctuations of reservoir levels shown by tables or charts

summarizing reservoir operation studies for the critical and normal
climatic periods. Include any annual reservoir drawdowns for operation
and maintenance purposes.

(5) Tailwater curves, sedimentation studies, degradation and aggradation

studies should be included.

(6) Required outlet and sluiceway capacities for respective reservoir water
surfaces; and sill elevations. Give type and purpose of reservoir releases
and the time of year to be made; include minimum release during winter.
If temperature or water quality control of releases is anticipated, the
degree and purpose of the control should be included.

(7) Type of operation, i.e., full-time resident caretaker, remote control, etc.

(8) The operational impacts of the project that require alternative designs, e.g.,
outlet works and downstream river temperature, spillways and gas
supersaturation, increased channel scour, and downstream channel
protection, etc.

8 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

K. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Requirements for roadway on crest of dam (and approaches) including

guardrails, street lighting, and guideposts. Present or future requirement
for highway crossing on dam, including application of public law for
highway bridges on Federal dams.

(2) Requirements for temporary or permanent facilities for illuminating the

downstream face of the dam during filling and operating conditions.

(3) Requirements for temporary construction access roads, permanent access

and service roads, and relocation of existing roads or railroads. Include
any limiting requirements imposed by road owners for public access/haul
roads.

(4) Details of fishways and screens with recommendations of State and

Federal fish authorities.

(5) Existing works to be replaced by incorporation into dam.

(6) Future powerplant or power development.

(7) Navigation facilities.

(8) Possibility of raising crest of dam in future.

(9) Recommendations or commitments to maintain specific flow requirements

for biological and/or recreational resources.

(10) Anticipated future river channel improvement or other construction which

might change downstream river regimen.

(11) Required provisions for public safety and visitor facilities.

(12) Data on upstream dams and reservoirs.

(13) Anticipated recreation facilities that will affect the dam design and/or
should be included in original design.

(14) (For concrete storage dams), daily readings of maximum, minimum, and
mean temperatures of air and river water. Until a weather station is

established, temperatures should be obtained whenever possible. Date,

time of day, and corresponding air and water temperatures should be
recorded.

(15) Recommended period for construction.

September 2007 9
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(16) Commitments for delivery of water or power.

(17) Unusual local pest (termites, borers, etc.) action and recommended
preventive measures.

(18) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of kinds,

size, and density of growth. State recommended method of payment; i.e.,
lump-sum price for specific area with defined limits, or unit price per acre
for specific area whose limits may change during construction. If there is
a variation in the density of growth or in the difficulty of clearing
operations for the designated area to be cleared, the work should be
segregated into not more than three items with the limits of respective
areas clearly established. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or is
such as can be removed without special equipment or separate operations,
the cost of clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or
prices bid for other items of work.

(19) Provide data on the method(s) of brush and tree disposal permitted by
local and State pollution regulatory agencies.

(20) Problems of bank erosion in reservoir area.

(21) Description of existing project fire protection and security plans which
will be applied to this feature, together with any specific requirements for
this dam.

(22) Provide information on upstream and downstream log booms, including

whether or not it needs to be relocated.

L. Cost Data:

(1) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements for reservoir, dam, and

appurtenant works. Include supporting data.

(2) Curve showing estimated cost of right-of-way versus elevation of

reservoir water surface from normal elevation to maximum estimated
surcharge elevation or other physical or economic limit. Include
supporting data.

(3) Estimates of cost for clearing reservoir area and for removing or replacing
private improvements in the area. Include supporting data.

(4) Estimates of cost for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water systems,
and other public utilities from the damsite or reservoir area. Include
supporting data. Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared
by the prime contractor, and if disposal will be his responsibility,
designate building groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings

10 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

for each group. Details should include general description, size, materials,
and general condition. Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of
prime contractor. If not, submit dates when disposition will be completed
by others.

(5) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(6) Information on important construction work in progress or planned in the

vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors in the
area.

M. Right-of-Way. A marked print shall be submitted showing the following data:

(1) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for construction purposes in the vicinity

of damsite.

(2) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for access purposes (if required).

(3) Designation of areas within right-of-way boundaries for the following

special purposes:

(a) Disposal of waste material.

(b) Contractor’s plant, storage, and other incidental purposes.
(c) Borrow sources.
(d) Government’s construction facilities (if applicable).

(4) Existing private or public easements and right-of-way across or adjacent to

alignment.

N. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be

consistent with environmental commitments listed in the National Environmental
Policy Act compliance document. Implementation of design features should be
consistent with agreements reached between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies,
and other governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, a brief description of the

environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed development.
The emphasis should be on those areas within the range of alternatives open to the
designers in developing a structural design. The following items should also be
included in the design data:

(1) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the dam and the reservoir basin.

(2) The need for blending structures with the surroundings.

September 2007 11
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Comments on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect layout or conceptual design.

(4) Indicate the suitability and possibility of present and future use of land
adjacent to Reclamation facilities by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, housing, etc. Provide data on zoning
regulations and subdivision proposals.

(5) Furnish data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the proposed plant
where fixed by law or local ordinance, or where otherwise considered
necessary or advisable; measurements of existing daytime or nighttime
ambient noise levels in the area; and distances to the nearest residential
units.

(6) Identify special environmental compliance requirements including water

quality standards such as suppression of nitrogen, adequate oxygen levels,
and temperature control and control of turbidity during construction;
preservation of existing growth adjacent to construction; obliteration of
temporary roads and restoration to original appearance; dust abatement,
etc. Give recommendations on steps to be taken to meet these
requirements.

(7) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(8) Background on the need for fish facilities such as screens, fishways, and
barriers.

(9) Comments on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(10) Give borrow area and temporary haul road restoration requirements such
as stockpiling of top soil, regrading of the area, general cleanup, etc.

(11) Give consideration to using required excavated material in lieu of material

from other borrow sources wherever possible.

(12) Erosion and sediment control.

(13) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(14) Review of designs by other agencies including at what stage of design and
level of their review, and the findings of the Fish and Wildlife
Coordination Act Report.

12 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
1. Dams

(15) Reservoir clearing plan to consider fish and wildlife requirements.

(16) Anticipated public use around the structure.

(17) Environmental permit requirements (401, 404, Storm Water Runoff, etc.)

(18) Special environmental requirements for transmission lines or underground

transmission systems.

(19) Location, volume, and contamination levels or any solid waste or

hazardous waste facilities within the reservoir basin.

(20) Location of any underground storage tanks within the reservoir basin.

O. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the dam. After designs have progressed enough to
develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list of
additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(5) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by a State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.
(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is lost.
(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(6) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(7) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(8) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facility.

September 2007 13
Design Data Collection Guidelines

P. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM
Part444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

14 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data
collection guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data
collection request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data
collection and submittal. The following is a list of possible data required for design of
powerplants and pumping plants and additions, modifications, or rehabilitations to
existing powerplant and pumping plants. The size and complexity of the structure should
govern the amount and detail of the design data required. Where both pumping and
generating functions are to be provided in the same plant, furnish design data for both.

For existing non- Reclamation powerplants and pumping plants (i.e., Bureau of Indian
Affairs), single-line diagrams and switching diagrams which include equipment ratings
will be necessary for a proper evaluation of existing equipment within the scope of any
proposed changes.

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) The structure site or Sites.

(3) County and township lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads and shipping points, public
utilities such as electric power and telephone lines, pipelines, etc., and
stream-gauging stations.

(5) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads, and sites
for contractor's staging areas and construction facilities.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and disposal
areas for waste excavation.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building areas, areas of cultural
sensitivity, and areas of archeological, historical, and mining or
paleontological interest. The locations of these features should bear the
parenthetical reference to the agency most concerned; for example,
Reclamation, National Park Service (NPS), or U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (FWS).

(8) Rights-of-way boundaries for construction, access, and staging areas.

(9) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

September 2007 15
Design Data Collection Guidelines

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of length and major
structures required for new construction access road; and possible
alternative means for delivering construction materials and equipment at
the structure site.

(2) Local freight or trucking rates.

(3) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; telephone utility; fire protection services; and
electric power for construction (give location, power supplier, voltage,
number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission lines; power rate
schedules; probability of interruption of supply; and requirements for
additional transmission line, if needed).

(4) Climatic conditions that will affect design or construction and operation
and maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; summer and winter temperatures, with
extremes; extreme wind velocities and prevailing directions; and
probability of excessive dust or sand.

(5) Names and telephone numbers of local utilities and contacts within those
organizations.

C. Surface Data:

(1) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control should
be established at the earliest possible time. A coordinate system on a true
north-south grid should be established with the origin located so that all of
the features (including borrow areas) at a major structure will be in one
quadrant, and so that the values of the coordinates for any major structure
are widely separated numerically. The coordinate system should be
related to a State or national coordinate system, if available. All preceding
survey work, including topography and location and ground surface
elevation of subsurface exploration, should be corrected to agree with the
permanent control system; and all subsequent survey work, including
location and ground surface elevation of subsurface exploration, should be
based on the permanent control. All line surveys should be tied to the
established coordinate system at each plant site.

(2) Topographic Map. A topographic map covering an area sufficient to

accommodate all possible arrangements of structures including intake,
tailrace, and penstocks or discharge pipes; normally this should be on a

16 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet (a scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet is permitted
for large area sites) and a contour interval appropriate for the relief in the
project area (1 to 2 feet for flatter areas and 5 feet in areas where relief is
significant). For flat or gently sloping topography contour intervals as low
as 1 foot may be desirable. Show the coordinate system and existing land
survey corner monuments or special control points established for the
topographic survey. Show all manmade features in the included area.

(3) Aerial Photographs. Aerial photographs (9-inch by 9-inch color infrared

photos at 1:24,000 scale) of the sites of powerplants and major pumping
plants. The purpose of the aerial views is to permit early preparation of an
artist's rendition of the feature and to permit a study of the environmental
impact of the structure. Later such renditions or drawings may be used for
inclusion in specifications or for other purposes.

These photographs should be taken from locations that would best show
the proposed structure and from an oblique angle of approximately 20° to
30° above the horizontal. Where possible, indicate known tie points to the
topographic maps. These photographs should be taken between 11 a.m.
and 2 p.m., so as not to show the principal area of the proposed structure
in shadow. Submit the negatives or color slides.

Each region is urged to provide these photographs for smaller plants or

auxiliary structures whenever it is considered that artist’s conceptions
would be beneficial to the project and the architectural designs would be
influenced by the physical characteristics of the area.

(4) Photographs. Color photographs of all existing facilities or structures in

the vicinity of the proposed plant and closeup views of any features which
may affect designs. Black and white photographs are acceptable for
structures to be removed or demolished. Color or black and white
photographs of structure sites with structure locations marked in ink.

D. Foundation Data. The following data should reflect a recognition and

consideration of the type and size of the particular engineering structure and the
effect on or relationship to the structure of the significant characteristics of the
foundation materials and conditions at the particular site. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering
of these design data.

(1) Geologic Data:

(a) A description of regional geology.

(b) A description and interpretation of site geology including physical

quality and geologic structure of the foundation strata, seasonal
ground water, ground subsidence, seismic conditions, existing and

September 2007 17
Design Data Collection Guidelines

potential landslide, snowslide and rock fall areas, surface water

runoff, and engineering geologic interpretations appropriate to the
engineering structure involved including the conditions expected
during excavation and construction.

(c) Geologic logs of all subsurface exploration. The coordinate

location and ground surface elevation of all existing exploratory
holes should, if necessary, be corrected to conform with the

permanent survey control system; and all subsequent exploratory

hole locations and elevations should be based on the same survey
control system.

(d) A geologic map, plotted on the topographic map of the site,

showing surface geology and the location of geologic sections, soil
profiles, and all subsurface exploration.

(e) Geologic sections, with detailed soil profiles as required, showing

known and interpreted subsurface conditions.

(f) Exploratory holes should be extended into the foundation material

well below the base of the structure. An effort should be made to
run borehole geophysical logs when appropriate.

(g) Color photographs of pertinent geologic and topographic features

of the terrain including aerial photographs if available.

(h) Samples of foundation strata as needed for visual examination or

laboratory testing.

(i) Determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be

late Pleistocene or Holocene, to assist in the determination of the
seismic loading by specialists in the TSC.

(2) Engineering Data:

(a) Surficial soils (see Earth Manual, latest edition). Note geologic
sections and soil profiles in (1)(e) above.

• A classification, in accordance with the Unified Classification

System, of the soil in each major strata.

• A description of the undisturbed state of the soil in each major

strata.

18 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

• A delineation of the lateral extent and thickness of critical,

competent, poor, or potentially unstable strata including
swelling minerals, gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, etc., in
foundations and excavation slopes, especially those to be
permanently exposed.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the strata, such as density,
permeability, shear strength, and consolidation or expansion
characteristics; and the effect of structure load, changes in
moisture and fluctuations, or permanent rise of ground water
on these properties.

• A determination by tests of the corrosive properties and sulfate

content of the soil and ground water.

(b) Bedrock (see Engineering Geology Field Manual). Note geologic

sections and soil profiles in (1)(e) above.

• A contour map of the top of bedrock. A description of

thickness of weathered, altered, fractured, or otherwise
softened zones, and other structural weaknesses and
discontinuities.

• A delineation of structurally weak, pervious, and potentially

unstable zones and strata of soft rock and/or soil in foundations
and excavation slopes, especially those to be permanently
exposed, with attention being paid to engineering matters such
as swelling minerals, presence of gypsum and other sulfates,
caliche, etc.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the bedrock such as density,
absorption, permeability, shear strength, and strain
characteristics; and the effect of structure load, changes in
moisture, and fluctuations or permanent rise of ground water
on those properties.

E. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

September 2007 19
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼-mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Location of and distance to suitable borrow areas for permeable and
impermeable soil materials for fill or embankment; and for riprap for
channel or slope protection. If quantities are limited, give approximate
volumes available.

(2) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(3) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual.)

(4) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distance from
the structure site.

(5) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider excavated material as a possible source.

(6) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous tests

conducted at the TSC.

(7) Information including catalogues on firms within practical hauling

distance from the site manufacturing precast concrete products and brick
or other masonry units.

G. Hydrologic Data:

(1) Annual periodic fluctuations of reservoir levels shown by tables or charts

summarizing reservoir operation studies for the critical period. Include
any annual reservoir drawdowns for operation and maintenance purposes.

Anticipated occurrence and amounts of sediment, ice (thickness), and drift

(trash), and possible effect on reservoir outlets to powerplants or pumping
plants.

20 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

Extent of anticipated wave action including discussion of wind fetch.

Reservoir storage allocations showing storage allocations with

corresponding elevations.

Type and purpose of reservoir releases for the time of year to be made;
include minimum releases for various seasons.

(2) Information for preparation of specifications hydrographs at the TSC,

including the location of gauging stations at or near the structure site and
the dates for which hydrographs should be prepared. Copies of the daily
discharge record should be supplied for stations with unpublished records.

(3) Where unwatering of a plant site adjacent to a stream or lake is required,

give maximum water levels expected during the construction period and
the possibility of controlling water levels by operation of upstream or
downstream facilities.

(4) Powerplant tailwater curves. Supporting data and computations should

accompany the curves. Include information on any existing downstream
natural barriers or river control works affecting tailwater and available
data on past degradation or aggradation of stream channel and possibility
of future changes.

(5) Source of pumping plant water supply other than reservoir: maximum
operating, and minimum operating water surface elevations; floodflows;
average flow; and anticipated occurrence and amounts of sediment and ice
(thickness). Recommend minimum trashrack or gate deck elevation.
Include data on possibility of flooding due to ice jams.

(6) Referring to subparagraphs (3) and (5) above, the water surface elevations
should be determined for floods of 100-, 50-, and 10-year frequencies.

(7) Analysis of water for chemical and physical characteristics and biological
quality. Analysis should include a water quality analysis of intake water
to include major ions and cations, corrosivity and parameters listed as
maximum contaminant limits in the Surface Water Treatment Rule, Safe
Drinking Water Act. See table 1 in the “Water Treatment Plant” section.

H. Operating Data – Powerplants:

(1) Static head and head duration and flow duration curves to be developed
(maximum, minimum, weighted average, and rated).

(2) Proposed initial and ultimate power generation capacity.

September 2007 21
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Characteristics of powerload including: load-duration curve, load factors,

typical daily load curves, summaries of power production studies, and
power market demands. Value of capacity in dollars per kilowatt per year,
value of energy in mills per kilowatt-hour, interest rate and plant factor for
economic studies, and cost or value of alternate sources.

(4) Destination, proposed voltage and number of outgoing transmission

circuits.

(5) Nature of operations, i.e., whether baseload, peaking or seasonal, attended,

semiautomatic, fully automatic, or supervisory controlled (give estimated
distances to points of control); other facilities to be controlled from this
plant and, if supervisory controlled, location of master station.

(6) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(7) Local load requirements; and availability and capacity of reliable outside
sources for alternate supply of station-service power.

(8) Details of downstream control sections, measuring devices, gauging

stations, or other operating works.

* The following data apply particularly to small hydroplants:

(9) Need for installed maintenance and handling facilities.

(10) Need for operation when isolated from power system, and including need
for black-start capability.

(11) Periods of shutdown (such as seasonal). Give conditions during

shutdown, such as: unattended, winter maintenance, and needs for station
power.

(12) Connected power system data including:

(a) Voltage.

(b) Name and telephone numbers of electrical power utilities and

contacts within those organizations.

(c) Location of point where connection to power utility will be made.

(13) Need for bypass of water during generator shutdown or load rejection.

* There is no arbitrary rating limit for small hydroplants. However, ANSI C50.12
implies that small hydromachines are those below 5,000 kilovoltampere.

22 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

I. Operating Data - Pumping Plants:

(1) Types and quantities of trash (including terrestrial and aquatic weeds,
algae, etc.) anticipated at the plant intake; locations of trash-disposal areas.
Recommend methods of trash handling and disposal.

(2) Water use (municipal and industrial [M&I], irrigation) and distribution
requirements: necessity for treating water and recommended method;
consumption quantities by months, and locations; initial and ultimate
capacities; capacity-duration curves; location of distribution and treating
facilities; and special plant availability or reliability requirements. Discuss
maximum static head at which maximum capacity is required, or
minimum capacity which will suffice at maximum head.

(3) Profile, alignment, and outlet conditions and requirements for discharge
lines; recommended types of pipe and types of coatings and linings.

(4) Location, capacity, hydraulic section, and water surface elevation of intake
and discharge channels.

(5) Location and direction of existing or proposed incoming powerlines

terminating at plant site.

(6) Electrical data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The
data furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the
basic design (single-line diagram) for the pumping plant. After designs
have progressed enough to develop details of electrical system needs,
designers will prepare a list of additional data required to complete final
design of electrical installation.

(a) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and

contacts within those organizations.

(b) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(c) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases,

and whether service will be overhead or underground.

(d) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(e) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate

supply is required, indicate:

• If required by State or local authority.

• If source should be an engine-generator.

September 2007 23
Design Data Collection Guidelines

• If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply

is lost.

• Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(f) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility.

Discuss location of remote station, and items required to be
monitored.

(g) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station

from which supervisory control is exercised.

(h) Requirements for voice and data communications between the

supervisory master station and the remote facilities.

(7) Recommended number of pumps and pump sizes.

(8) Requirements for measurement of plant discharge.

(9) Interest rate, pumping power rate, and plant factor for economic studies.

J. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Existence of transmission lines of other agencies and utility companies

operating in the area which might influence connection of power units;
furnish voltage, capacity, type of construction, and distance of these lines
from powerplant or pumping plant.

(2) Availability of plant equipment repair shops in vicinity; provisions of

central shop.

(3) Recommendation as to inclusion of a major or minor machine shop or

service area in the plant.

(4) Requirements for enhancement and/protection and preservation of fish.

Include recommendations of State fish authorities and Fish and Wildlife
Service.

(5) Recommendations on whether plant should be indoor or outdoor structure.

(6) Housed and open operation and maintenance (O&M) storage requirements
at site; offsite storage provided; existing storage space and facilities.

(7) Recommended period for construction.

(8) Site Security.

24 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

(a) Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk assessment.

The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact
the field cost estimate and for specifications designs. Specific
issues to consider are contained in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site
Security and Public and Worker Safety. If assistance is required to
determine specific design data needs, contact the Office of
Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and
designs include site-specific security assessment, compliance with
Reclamation Manual DM Part 444 – Physical Protection and
Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

(b) Security requirements for protection of plant and equipment from

vandalism or sabotage. Recommended specific measures to meet
anticipated conditions such as 7-foot yard fence topped with
barbed wire, special locks, special doors, heavy safety glass,
security lighting, no windows, electronic surveillance equipment,
etc.

(c) Description of existing project fire protection plans which will be

applied to the plant, together with any specific requirements for
this plant.

(9) Expected visitor load at plant. Number of employees at plant and

hours/day the plant is staffed. Recommend facilities to be provided.

(10) Requirements for public safety.

(11) Future plans for power or pumping expansion.

(12) State potable water standards, water quality report, and water treatment
requirements.

(13) State requirements for wastewater treatment and disposal.

(14) Need for attended operation of plant during and following a nuclear attack.

(15) Commitments for delivery of power or water.

(16) Recommendations for special protection of roof or yard from falling rocks
or boulders.

(17) Vegetation to be cleared (kinds, size, and density of growth).

(18) State and local building codes when applicable.

(19) Special exhaust, heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning requirements.

September 2007 25
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(20) Water for construction purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2-ft3/s, diversion flow for
construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government
should obtain the water rights required. If necessary to use ground water,
obtain information on probable sources and yields. Furnish information
on locations and yields of existing wells in the vicinity. Determine restric­
tions, if any, to use of ground water for this purpose. It may be necessary
to obtain permits from State or other governing agencies.

(21) Right-of-way. A marked print shall be submitted showing the following

data:

(a) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for construction purposes.

(b) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for access purposes (if

required).

(c) Designation of areas within right-of-way boundaries for the

following special purposes:

• Disposal of waste material

• Contractor’s plant, storage, and other incidental purposes
• Borrow sources
• Government construction facilities (if applicable)

(22) Location of existing facilities in the construction area such as pipelines,

power and telephone lines, and fences.

(23) Office and file space requirements in plant.

(24) Where a service area or machine shop is specified in a plant, furnish floor
area requirements and the name and size of machine tools, benches
required, and need for welding booths or rooms.

K. Cost Data:

(1) Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by the prime
contractor, and if disposal will be his responsibility, designate building
groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings for each group.
Details should include general description, size, materials, and general
conditions. Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of prime
contractor. If not, submit dates when disposition will be completed by
others.

(2) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

26 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

(3) Information on important construction work in progress or planned in the

vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors in the
area.

(4) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements. Include supporting data.

(5) Estimates of cost for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water systems,
and other public utilities. Include supporting data.

L. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum, the

environmental commitments listed in the NEPA compliance document that would
affect dam design and a brief description of the environmental resources that
could be affected by the proposed development. The emphasis should be on those
areas within the range of alternatives open to the designers in developing a
structural design. The following items should also be considered in preparing
design data:

(1) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the plant.

(2) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, including placing
transmission circuits under ground.

(3) Special environmental requirements for transmission lines or underground

transmission systems.

(4) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect layout or conceptual design.

(5) Indicate the suitability and possibility of present or future use of land
adjacent to Reclamation facilities by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, housing, etc. Provide data on zoning
regulations and subdivision proposals.

(6) Furnish data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the proposed plant
where fixed by law or local ordinance, or where otherwise considered
necessary or advisable; measurements of existing daytime and nighttime
ambient noise levels in the area; and distances to the nearest residential
units.

(7) Identify special environmental compliance requirements for ensuring that

water quality standards are met, including suppression of nitrogen,
adequate oxygen levels, and temperature control and control of turbidity
during construction; preservation of existing growth adjacent to
construction; obliteration of temporary roads and restoration to original
appearance; dust abatement, etc. Give recommendations on steps to be
taken to meet these requirements.

September 2007 27
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(8) Recommendations or commitments to maintain a specific hydrologic flow

level to support biological or recreational resources.

(9) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(10) Background on the need for fish facilities such as screens, fishways, and
barriers.

(11) Comment on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(12) Specify seeding or replanting requirements for erosion control or

aesthetics.

(13) Furnish data on State or local restrictions on the use of soil herbicides, or
local factors limiting their use.

(14) Anticipated public use and access around the structure.

(15) Potential Indian trust assets.

(16) Any threatened and/or endangered habitat in or adjacent to the project.

M. Plant Uprating:

(1) Design data should include that listed under this section for feasibility
designs, plus target date(s) for completing the uprate work and the outage
periods when the unit(s) may be removed from service. In addition, the
TSC should be asked for a specific list of design data required.

N. Large Synchronous Machine Armature Rewinds:

(1) The office responsible for design should be asked for a specific list of
design data required.

O. Mechanical Systems and Equipment:

(1) Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system requirements.

Preference for evaporative cooling or refrigeration cooling for the main
plant/building area. Preference for electric or gas heat utilizing
propane/natural gas.

(2) Is natural gas available at the site?

(3) Noise restrictions at the site.

28 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
2. Powerplants and Pumping Plants

(4) Requirements for emergency engine generator set for the plant/building.
Systems to be connected to the standby emergency engine generator set.

(5) Anticipated engine generator usage for sizing the fuel storage tank.

(6) Preferred fuel (diesel/propane/natural gas) for the engine generator set.

(7) Required water quality analysis to determine the materials of construction

for the plant piping systems. Types of materials of construction for
existing piping systems conveying water. Have there been any corrosion
problems with existing systems?

(8) Types of water supplies available at the site for plant/building fire
suppression and other water usage requirements.

(9) Preferences concerning the method of joining the piping components for
the various plant/building auxiliary mechanical systems. Are victaulic
type grooved coupling connections acceptable?

(10) Types of hazardous materials on the existing piping systems (i.e., lead
based paint, asbestos).

September 2007 29
Design Data Collection Guidelines

3. Visitors Centers. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection
guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection
request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection
and submittal. Much design data prepared for previously designed features may be
available and should be utilized for the design of the visitor center. Communication
between visitor center designers and project personnel is essential in arriving at adequate
design data.

A. Design Narrative:

(1) Discuss the determination of the need for public visitation.

(a) Uniqueness or informational/educational aspects of the project

which would merit public visitation.

(b) Information to be related to the public for other interested

agencies.

(2) Visitation projections basis.

(a) Accessibility.

(b) Visitor center density within 100 miles.

(c) Recreation facility density within 100 miles.

(d) Visitor use of similar facilities within project area, river basin, or
Region.

(e) Visitor interest in project during construction phase if applicable.

B. Overall Planning:

(1) Relationship between the visitor center and planned recreation facilities.

(2) Accessibility of potential or selected visitor center sites to highways and

project features.

(3) Complementary facilities to be located within or near other project

features such as information kiosks, overlooks, tour routes, signage,
exhibit spaces within structures, etc.

(4) Community or other use of portions of the building during hours when it is
not open for public visitation.

30 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
3. Visitors Centers

C. General Requirements of the Visitor Facilities:

(1) General outline of interpretive plan including suggested physical

requirements for presentation of information.

(2) Overall space requirements for above.

(3) Estimated number of people to be accommodated at one time.

(4) Parking facilities.

(5) Offices and/or other associated space requirements.

(6) Concessionaire considerations.

(7) Anticipated hours and months of operation.

(8) Number of operating and support personnel required.

(9) Description of existing project fire protection and security plans which
will be applied to this feature, along with any specific requirements for
this visitor center.

(10) Special heating, ventilation, and air conditioning requirements for artifact
storage and preservation, and laboratory ventilation and exhaust.

D. Physical and Climatic Data:

(1) General Map Showing:

(a) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(b) The structure site.

(c) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads, public utilities,

transmission lines, substations, townships, range, and section line.

(d) Locations of access road and sites for required construction

facilities.

(e) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and

disposal areas for waste excavation.

(2) Availability or Accessibility of Public Facilities or Utilities Such As:

Water supply, sewage disposal, telephone utility, fire protection services,
natural gas supply, and electric power for construction and operation.
Provide names and addresses of utility suppliers. Also provide gas and
electric rates.

September 2007 31
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Climatic and Physical Site Conditions. Include items that will affect
design, construction, and operation and maintenance such as: amount, rate,
and distribution of rain, snow, and hail; heating and air-conditioning
design temperatures; maximum wind velocities and their directions;
probability of excessive dust or sand; local frost depths; ground water
presence and depths; vegetation to be cleared or preserved including
kinds, sizes, and density of growth. Show exact locations of existing
utilities and/or other facilities on site which must be removed, avoided, or
where special criteria is provided for interference and restoration.

(4) Photographs. Color photographs of the site including surrounding

construction features and pertinent geologic and topographic features of
terrain. Include aerial photographs if available.

(5) Survey Control. Minimal field surveys should be done to obtain

horizontal and vertical control. Use of any existing coordinate system or
vertical control system is acceptable, but tying to the State or national
system is recommended where practical.

(6) Detailed Site Topography. A topographic map covering an area sufficient

to include all practical arrangements of the structure, access, rights-of-way,
survey control, existing manmade features, vegetation, and locations and
identification of drill holes, test pits, etc., where not included on separate
maps. The scale and contour interval should be determined on the basis of
the size of structure to be built and the complexity of the terrain. A scale of
1 inch equals 50 feet and contour interval of 2 feet will generally be suitable.

E. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The amount and detail of

foundation data required will vary with the site and with the type of
construction. The guiding criteria should be to provide sufficient data to
allow the designer to determine the type of foundation required for the
structure and to identify major foundation problems. Adequate foundation
data may be obtained for small structures from an inspection of surface
conditions and one or two exploratory holes to determine foundation
conditions some distance below the footings of the structure. Maximum
use should be made of existing data. For larger structures and/or for more
complex geological areas a field conference should be held to determine
the geologic investigations program required.

(2) Geological Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for this type of facility. The TSC geologic and geophysical staff will
provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering of these design
data.

32 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
3. Visitors Centers

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map showing location of explorations. Locations

of all existing explorations should be indicated by coordinates or
stationing of the permanent survey control system for the facility.

(c) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention

being paid to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling
minerals, presence of gypsum, and other sulfates, caliche
erodibility (see Earth Manual).

(d) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals,
presence of gypsum, and other sulfates; and to depth, weathering,
joints, faults, and other planes of weakness.

(e) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

(f) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock.

(g) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic,

resistivity, etc.).

(h) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, water producing capabilities,
chemistry, and subsidence.

(i) Logs of explorations. An effort should be made to run appropriate

borehole geophysical logs in appropriate drill holes.

(j) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions.

(k) Determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be

late Pleistocene or Holocene, to assist in the determination of the
maximum credible earthquake by the Engineering Geology Group,
TSC.

(l) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(m) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling

September 2007 33
Design Data Collection Guidelines

conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground

temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems
should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

F. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

G. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Inventory of available impervious and pervious embankment materials and

rock for riprap and rockfill. Location of and distance to borrow areas and
approximate quantities available.

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See Concrete Manual)

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider required excavation material as a possible source.

(4) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distances

from the structure site.

(5) References to results of sampling and analysis of materials including

previous tests and photographs of sources.

(6) Report alkali conditions in soil and water which might affect the choice of
sulfate resisting cement.

(7) Statement of availability of timber for structural work and lumber for
other purposes.

34 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
3. Visitors Centers

(8) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction materials.

(9) Requirements concerning permanent stockpiles and suggested permanent

stockpile locations.

(10) Information including catalogues on firms, within practical hauling

distance from the site, manufacturing precast concrete products and brick
or other masonry units.

H. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum, the

environmental commitments listed in the NEPA compliance document that would
affect the design and a brief description of the setting and the resources that
would be affected by the proposed visitor center.

The following items should be included:

(1) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the plant.

(2) The need for blending the structure with surroundings. Include reasoning
for this suggested handling.

(3) Landscaping and other special environmental requirements.

(4) A brief listing of the area's native and/or commonly used plant materials.

I. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the visitors’ center. After designs have progressed
enough to develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list
of additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.
(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is lost.

September 2007 35
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(5) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility, such as

fire protection or security systems. Discuss location of remote station, and
items required to be monitored.

J. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system requirements.

Preference for evaporative cooling or refrigeration cooling for the main
plant/building area. Preference for electric or gas heat utilizing
propane/natural gas.

(2) Is natural gas available at the site?

(3) Noise restrictions at the site.

(4) Requirements for emergency engine generator set for the plant/building.
Systems to be connected to the standby emergency engine generator set.

(5) Anticipated engine generator usage for sizing the fuel storage tank.

(6) Preferred fuel (diesel/propane/natural gas) for the engine generator set.

(7) Required water quality analysis to determine the materials of construction

for the plant piping systems. Types of materials of construction for
existing piping systems conveying water. Have there been any corrosion
problems with existing systems?

(8) Types of water supplies available at the site for plant/building fire
suppression and other water usage requirements.

(9) Preferences concerning the method of joining the piping components for
the various plant/building auxiliary mechanical systems. Are victaulic
type grooved coupling connections acceptable?

(10) Types of hazardous materials on the existing piping systems (i.e., lead
based paint, asbestos).

K. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include

36 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
3. Visitors Centers

site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part

444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

September 2007 37
Design Data Collection Guidelines

4. Tunnels. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal.

A. General Map(s). The General Map should cover the project area and the area
immediately surrounding the project within approximately 2 or 3 miles. The scale
of the General Map should be adequate to clearly show listed details. A scale of
approximately 1 to 3 miles per inch is commonly used. The following data are
shown on a General Map for feasibility and specifications level design data
collection:

(1) A key map locating the general map within the State.

(2) A legend of symbols used for existing and constructed facilities.

(3) North arrow.

(4) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project. The locations of
these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the agency or
entity which owns or operates the property; for example, the Bureau of
Reclamation (Reclamation):

(a) Name of agency responsible for maintaining and/or managing the

affected land.

(b) Recreation areas; fish and wildlife areas; building areas; highways,
railroads, and shipping points; housing; areas of cultural
sensitivity; areas of archeological, historical, and mining or
paleontological interest; and bridges with special loads or size
limitations.

(c) Existing towns, residences, private property, roads, transmission

lines, substations, stream-gauging stations.

(d) Areas of environmental concern.

(e) Public utilities such as electric power and telephone lines,

pipelines, etc.

(f) County, range, township, and section lines.

(g) Land use restrictions such as easements and rights-of-way.

(5) Rights-of-way:

38 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

(a) Show rights-of-way required or available for facility/structure

sites, construction access, and staging areas.

(b) Land ownership boundaries and legal jurisdictions. Indicate

ownership by agency acronym or private land with “private.”

(6) The proposed structures and features:

(a) Location of features to be constructed or modified.

(b) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads,

sites for contractor’s staging areas and construction facilities, and
sites for temporary water treatment facilities.

(c) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials,

locations of commercial quarries, and disposal areas for waste
excavation.

(d) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

(e) Sources of water for construction.

B. Location Map (may be combined with General Map). Location maps are
commonly used as a condensed method of showing location and alignment of the
features and associated structures. The location map may be combined with the
general map, site plan, or plan and profile drawings for small areas. A scale of
1 inch = 1,000 feet to 1 inch = 2,000 feet is commonly used for location maps.
The location map should show:

(1) General:

(a) North arrow.

(b) Proposed alignment, major structures, and delivery locations by

symbols. Station and appropriate ties to section lines, section
corners, existing buildings, pipelines, roads, railroads, etc.

(c) Topography and ownership information should be shown.

(d) Towns, roads, railroads, streams, existing pipelines, canals,

reservoirs, etc.

(e) Transportation facilities and other cultural features.

(f) Location of borrow areas, riprap sources, sources of special pipe

embedment material, if required

(g) Disposal areas for wasting excess excavation.

September 2007 39
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(h) For distribution systems, show ownership, turnout locations, and

irrigable areas served.

(i) Sources of power for construction and operation and maintenance.

(j) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the

design, construction, or operation and maintenance such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, railroads, housing, and
areas of archeological, historical, and mining and paleontological
interest.

(k) Where the scale does not permit proper detail of a congested area,
a blowup at a larger scale may be included elsewhere on the
drawing and referenced to its proper location.

(l) Where density of the structures or other features is such that

individual stationing and naming is impractical, the information
should be shown in tabular form and station marks shown on the
alignment.

(m) Linear feature (tunnel), together with structures, adits, and stations.
Structures and delivery locations are normally shown by symbol.

(n) Legend of symbols for existing and proposed facilities

(o) Right-of-way and land ownership information.

C. General Description of Local Conditions. The following data may be required

for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Information relating to access for possible site visit by the design team,
access for foundation exploration and construction, and access limitations
due to environmental restrictions, etc.

(2) Access to the site for operation and maintenance (O&M) forces.

(3) Permits or permit requirements and any past permit violations or

exceedences.

(4) Name and description of similar construction in the area or region.

40 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

(5) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of access road length and
major structures required for new construction; and possible alternative
means for delivering construction materials and equipment to the structure
site.

(6) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as water

supply, sewage disposal, telephone utility, fire protection services, and
electric power for construction (give location, power supplier, voltage,
number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission lines; power rate
schedules; probability of interruption of supply; and requirements for
additional transmission line, if needed).

(a) Names, telephone numbers, email addresses, and Web sites of

local utilities and contacts within those organizations.

(7) Climatic conditions that will affect design, construction, and O&M such
as amount, rate, and distribution of rain, snow, and hail; ice conditions;
heating and air-conditioning design temperatures; summer and winter
temperatures with extremes; maximum wind velocities and their
directions; probability of excessive dust or sand.

(8) Local frost depths.

(9) Ground water presence and depths.

(10) Vegetation to be cleared or preserved including kinds, sizes, and density

of growth.

(11) Road detour requirements.

D. Surface Data:

(1) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control should
be established at the earliest possible time. All line surveys should be tied
to the state plane coordinate system at each portal, and at points of
intersection where changes in the bearing of the tunnel centerline occur.
Grid to ground correction factors including altitude and coordinate system
correction should be furnished.

(2) Topographic Map. A topographic map showing alignment of the tunnel

and location of all possible arrangements of structures including inlet or
intake, control or access shafts, air vents, adits, and outlet portal; normally
this should be on a scale of 1 inch equals 400 feet (a scale of 1 inch equals
200 feet is preferable for short tunnels) and a contour interval of 5 feet. If

September 2007 41
Design Data Collection Guidelines

a topographic map is unavailable, strip topography may be furnished.

Topographic maps of portal sites should be on a scale of 1 inch equals 50
feet and a contour interval of 2 feet and should have contours high enough
to include top of portal cut slopes. For flat or gently sloping topography,
contour intervals as small as 1 foot may be desirable. Show the coordinate
system and existing land survey monuments and special control points
established for the topographic survey. Show all manmade features in the
included area.

(3) Aerial Photographs. Aerial photographs (size 8 by 10 inches, color if

feasible) of the portals or other major structure sites. The purpose of the
aerial views is to permit early preparation of an artist's rendition of the
feature and to permit a study of the environmental impact of the structure.
Later such renditions or drawings may be used for inclusion in
specifications or for other purposes.

These photographs should be taken from locations that would best show
the proposed structure and from a vertical angle of approximately 20E to
30E above the horizontal. Where possible, indicate known tie points to the
topographic maps, tunnel portal site, and tunnel alignment. These
photographs should be taken between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m., so as not to
show the principal area of the proposed structure in shadow. Submit the
negatives or color slides.

Each Region is urged to provide these photographs for shaft sites or

auxiliary structures whenever it is considered that artist's conceptions
would be beneficial to the project and the designs would be influenced by
the physical characteristics of the area.

(4) Photographs. Color photographs of all existing facilities or structures in

the vicinity of the proposed tunnel and closeup views of any features
which may affect designs. Black and white photographs are acceptable for
structures to be removed or demolished. Color or black and white
photographs along tunnel alignment with structure locations and tunnel
alignment marked in ink.

E. Tunnel Alignment and Geologic Data.

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The location of tunnel portals,

tunnel alignment and scope of the geological investigation, including
number and location of drill holes, should be established by the originating
office personnel with assistance from the region and TSC representatives.
It is recommended that a field conference be held, including an inspection
of the site. This conference should result in the selection of probable
tunnel portals, tunnel alignment, and a geologic investigations program
outlining the need for and extent of surface and subsurface studies, and

42 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

other requirements. The geologic investigations program must be based

on site conditions, type of rock formations, probability of encountering
large water flows or dangerous gas, and the time and funds available for
the study and will make maximum use of existing data. The U.S. National
Committee on Tunneling and Technology (USNCTT) recommendation
that the total length of boreholes equal 1.5 times the tunnel length may be
used as a guide. The complexity of the site will be considered in
determining the detail of the investigation. Location of portals will
depend on required elevations, the most economical alignment, rock
conditions, local topography, drainage, ease of access, and available
staging area.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for tunnels. The geologist should apply these guidelines with good
judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by the
particular geologic setting and engineering requirements. Because the
collection of geologic data is a dynamic process and often continues into
the preparation of final designs, all stages of the specification design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with the
designer through the appropriate geology office. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the
gathering of these design data.

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map showing location of explorations. Locations

of all existing explorations should be indicated by coordinates or
stationing of the permanent survey control system for the facility.

(c) Particular foundation exploration at portal locations, adit, shaft, or

other structure sites. At portal sites attention must be paid to the
geologic aspects of potential slope stability problems.

(d) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits, especially at

portal sites and low cover reaches, with attention being paid to
engineering geologic matters', such as swelling minerals, low-
density materials, presence of gypsum and other sulfates, caliche,
erodibility (see Earth Manual).

(e) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates; and depth, weathering, joints, faults,
and other planes of weakness.

September 2007 43
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(f) Selected samples for determination of engineering properties of

surficial deposits and bedrock along tunnel grade, such as specific
weight; absorption; solubility; compressive, tensile, and shear
strength; permeability; modulus of deformation; expansion; uplift;
and effects of air and water on engineering properties. The type
and number of specimens required for these determinations should
be coordinated with the TSC.

(g) For a mechanically excavated tunnel, quartz content and

cementation coefficient determined by petrographic analysis are
appropriate data to be collected. Shore scleroscope and Schmidt
hammer hardness tests are also useful.

(h) For pressure tunnel design, measure the in situ state of stress of the
rock. Discuss the creep of rock. Determine the permeability of the
rock in place. Discuss the relationship of jointing to deformation
modules.

(i) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

(j) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic,

resistivity, etc.), if performed.

(k) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, water producing capabilities,
water temperature, chemistry, and ground subsidence.

(l) Logs of exploration. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn

drilling, chop, and wash, or other methods which result in less than
adequate sample recovery may need to be augmented by
appropriate borehole electric (geophysical) logs or optical borehole
(borehole camera) image plots.

(m) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rock fall conditions,

especially at portals.

(n) Determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be

late Pleistocene or Holocene.

(o) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(p) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling
conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground

44 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems

should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

F. Corrosion Survey.

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within 1/4 mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant
features. If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection,
describe the structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

G. Construction Materials Data including:

(1) Location of and distance of suitable borrow areas for permeable and
impermeable soil materials for fill or embankment; and for riprap for
channel or slope protection. If quantities are limited, give approximate
volumes available.

(2) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(3) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Reclamation’s Concrete Manual.)

(4) Data on commercial concrete and cement plants within practical hauling
distance from the structure site.

(5) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials and railway bedding materials where these may be required.
Consider excavated material as a possible source.

(6) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous tests.

September 2007 45
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(7) Information including catalog of firms within practical hauling distance

from the site manufacturing precast concrete products that may be
interested in manufacture of precast concrete tunnel segment liners or
structural shapes that could be utilized in associated features outside the
tunnel.

H. Hydrologic Data:

(1) Annual periodic fluctuations of reservoir levels shown by tables or charts

summarizing reservoir operation studies for the critical period, where the
tunnel has an inlet or outlet directly from or into the reservoir.

(2) Anticipated occurrence and amounts of silt, ice (thickness), and drift
(trash), and possible effect on tunnel intakes or tunnel flow.

(3) Extent of anticipated wave action including discussion of wind fetch,

where the tunnel has an inlet or outlet directly from or into the reservoir.

(4) Reservoir storage allocations showing storage allocations with

corresponding elevations.

(5) Type and purpose of reservoir releases for the time of year to be made,
include minimum releases for various seasons, where relevant.

(6) Data for preparation of specifications hydrographs, including the location

of gauging stations at or near the tunnel site and the dates for which
hydrographs should be prepared. Copies of the daily discharge record
should be supplied for stations with unpublished records.

(7) Where unwatering or dewatering of a portal site adjacent to a stream or

lake is required, give maximum water levels expected during the
construction period and the possibility of controlling water levels by
operation of upstream or downstream facilities. Provide recommendations
on time of year when shoreline facilities should be constructed to take best
advantage of low water levels.

(8) Data on past degradation or aggradation of stream channel and possibility

of future changes for direct connecting streams or cross drainage channels.

(9) Source of water being transported other than reservoir: maximum

operating, and minimum operating water surface elevations; floodflows;
average flow; and anticipated occurrence and amounts of bed load and ice
(thickness) in river, stream, or channel. Recommend minimum trashrack
or gate deck elevation where applicable. Include data on possibility of
flooding due to ice jams.

46 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

(10) Analysis of water for chemical and physical characteristics and biological
quality.

I. Operating Data:

(1) Purpose – vehicular or water.

(2) Capacity of tunnel, including largest future anticipated discharge

requirements.

(3) Location, hydraulic section, and hydraulic grade line at inlet and outlet
channels, pipelines, or reservoirs.

(4) Type of operation, continuous or cyclic (include possible periods of

shutdown for maintenance), free flow, or pressure tunnel.

(5) Flow controls and measurement required, including smallest and largest
flows to be controlled and/or measured; degree of automation of controls
(give estimated distance to point of central control).

(6) Commitments for delivery of water or power.

(7) Water use (M&I. irrigation) and distribution requirements: necessity for
treating water and recommended method; consumption quantities by
months, and locations; initial and ultimate capacities; capacity-duration
curves; location of distribution and treating facilities; and special
reliability requirements. Discuss minimum upstream head at which
maximum capacity is required, minimum delivery capacity required for
both maximum and minimum upstream heads and degree of control and
accuracy of measurement required for these limiting conditions.

(8) Details of upstream or downstream control sections, water measuring

devices, gauging stations, or other operating works.

J. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Permits required for railway and/or road crossings including any local
permits required, such as local Air Quality Permits.

(2) Flood protection at tunnel portals.

(3) Availability of gates and control equipment repair shops in vicinity;

provisions for central shop.

(5) Recommendations on whether gate hoist equipment, controls, and

measuring devices should be indoor or outdoor types.

September 2007 47
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(6) Housed and open O&M storage requirements at site; offsite storage to be
provided; existing storage space and facilities.

(7) Site Security.

(a) Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk assessment.

The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact
the field cost estimate and for specifications designs. Specific
issues to consider are contained in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site
Security and Public and Worker Safety. If assistance is required to
determine specific design data needs, contact the Office of
Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and
designs include site-specific security assessment, compliance with
Reclamation Manual DM Part 444 – Physical Protection and
Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

(b) Security requirements for protection of structures and equipment

from vandalism or sabotage. Recommend specific measures to
meet anticipated conditions such as 7-foot yard fence topped with
barbed wire, special locks, special doors, heavy safety glass,
security lighting, no windows, electronic surveillance equipment,
etc.

(c) Description of existing fire protection plan which will be applied to

the tunnel, together with any specific requirements for this tunnel.

(8) Expected visitor load at site and special requirements for transport of
Government personnel in and out of tunnel.

(9) Requirements for public safety.

(10) State potable water standards and water treatment requirements. These
requirements should be cleared with water quality agencies in the State
where tunnel is to be constructed.

(11) State requirements for waste water treatment and disposal, and
recommendations as to possible alternatives on prevention, control, and
abatement of air and water pollution. List any restrictions imposed on
construction activity by EPA waste water discharge permit.

(12) Location of water treatment facilities.

(13) Commitments for delivery of power or water.

(14) Recommendations for special protection at portals from falling rocks or

boulders.

48 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

(15) Vegetation to be cleared (kinds, size, and density of growth) and clearing
methods not permitted, e.g. burning or disposing on site.

(16) State and local building codes when applicable.

(17) Special exhaust, heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning requirements.

(18) Right-of-Way. A marked print shall be submitted showing the following

data:

(a) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for construction purposes,

temporary and permanent.

(b) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for access purposes (if

required).

(c) Designation of areas within right-of-way boundaries for the

following special purposes:

• Disposal of waste material

• Contractor's plant, storage, and other incidental purposes

• Government construction facilities (if applicable)

(19) Disposition of existing facilities in the construction area such as pipelines,

power and telephone lines, and fences.

(20) Where a service area is specified furnish area requirements.

(21) Requirements for installation of power, lighting or telemetering cables in

tunnel.

(22) Environmental Permit requirements (401, 404, Storm Water Runoff, etc.)

(23) Requirements for providing permanent access to the tunnel or adit portal
for operation and maintenance purposes.

K. Cost Data for Field Cost Estimate. The field cost estimate is an estimate of the
capital costs of a feature or project from award to construction; non-contract costs
are not included. Cost data developed in previous or other studies (either by
Reclamation or others) should be included with the design data submittal. Include
a description or outline of estimating methods and data used. The following
design data for feasibility and specifications levels designs should be considered
for submittal:

(1) Procurement Strategy. Will solicitation be advertised and awarded

under other than full and open competition? This includes solicitations

September 2007 49
Design Data Collection Guidelines

which will be set aside under socio-economic programs that may limit
competition or allow award to other than the lowest bid or proposal.

(2) Estimate of cost of ROW for all features including reservoirs, dams, and
appurtenant works.

(3) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(4) Local freight or trucking rates.

(5) Housing accommodations.

(6) Interest rate for economic studies.

(7) Power rate in mills per kilowatt-hour, interest rate, and plant factor for
economic tunnel, and pipeline sizing studies in cases where transported
water is pumped.

(8) Estimated cost for construction items which cannot readily be determined
in the design office and include the supporting data:

(a) Clearing reservoir area and for removing or replacing private

improvements in the area.

(b) Earthwork (common and rock), excavation with freehaul distance.

For canals, include compacting embankment, canal lining, and
borrow (with free haul distance)

(c) Riprap, guardrail, culverts, row fencing, and gates.

(d) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of

kinds, size, and density of growth. State recommended method of
payment (i.e., lump-sum price for area with defined limits or unit
price per acre for area with limits subject to change during
construction). Use separate payment items for clearly defined
areas differing in growth density and difficulty of clearing
operations. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or can be
removed without special equipment or separate operations, the cost
of clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or
prices bid for other appropriate items of work.

(9) Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by the prime
contractor, and if disposal will be the contractor’s responsibility, designate
building groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings for each
group. Details should include general description, size, materials, and
general condition. Drawings should be provided of these buildings, if
available, that depict dimensions, construction materials, the structural

50 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

system for the building, and major electrical and mechanical equipment.
Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of the prime contractor. If
not, submit dates when disposal will be completed by others.

(10) Information on important construction work that is in progress or planned

in the vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors
in the area.

(11) If potential actions exceed anticipated funding, an assessment should be

made as to whether the cost estimate will reflect incremental costs of these
potential actions. Provide any known increment or arrangement of the
incremental costs.

(12) Local and tribal taxes.

(13) Estimates of costs for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water

systems, and other public utilities. Include supporting data.

(14) Method for projecting cost into the future if required.

(15) Cost of local materials (precast concrete, etc.).

L. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum, the

environmental commitments listed in the NEPA compliance document that would
affect the design and a brief description of the environmental and ecological
values that could be affected by the proposed development. The emphasis should
be on those areas in the range of alternatives open to the designers in developing a
structural design. The following items should also be considered in preparing
design data:

(1) Cultural (archeological, historical, and paleontological) resources of

influence within the project area.

(2) The need for blending structures with the surroundings.

(3) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

including protection of wildlife which would affect layout or conceptual
design.

(4) Indicate the suitability and possibility of present or future use of land
adjacent to Bureau facilities by the public for recreation, hobbies, sports,
leisure, education, health, housing, etc. Provide data on zoning
regulations and subdivision proposals.

(5) Furnish data on allowable noise limits and blasting in the vicinity of the
proposed facilities where fixed by law or local ordinance, or where

September 2007 51
Design Data Collection Guidelines

otherwise considered necessary or advisable; measurements of existing

daytime and nighttime ambient noise levels in the area; and distances to
the nearest residential units.

(6) Identify special environmental compliance requirements for ensuring

water quality standards are met including temperature control and control
of turbidity during construction; preservation of existing growth adjacent
to construction; obliteration of temporary roads and restoration to original
appearance; dust abatement, etc. Give recommendations on steps to be
taken to meet these requirements.

(7) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(8) Background on the need for fish facilities such as screens, fishways, and
barriers.

(9) Recommendations or commitments to maintain specific flow requirements

for biological and/or recreational resources.

(10) Comment on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(11) Specify seeding or replanting requirements for erosion control or

aesthetics.

(12) Furnish data on State or local restrictions on the use of soil herbicides, or
local factors limiting their use.

(13) Specify requirements for clearing and disposal of timber.

M. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the tunnel. After designs have progressed enough to
develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list of
additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within their organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

52 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
4. Tunnels

(4) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by a State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.

(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is lost.

(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(5) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(6) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(7) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

N. Construction Considerations. The following design data items should be

considered for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Construction schedule:

(a) One contract or several contracts.

(b) Any construction timeframe restrictions

(c) Are designers required to provide a construction schedule and/or

logic diagram?

(d) Recommended period for construction.

(e) Recommended period for completion of construction work and

features of the work that should be completed early.

(f) Permissible times to make connections to existing facilities.

(2) Allowable in-river materials (permanent and temporary).

(3) Construction constraints including allowable construction methods, traffic

considerations, environmental restrictions, climatic restrictions, blasting
limitations, etc.

(4) Filling and draining criteria for dam, ponds, and pipelines

(5) Unusual conditions for excavation or construction.

September 2007 53
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(6) Extent of construction surveying to be accomplished by Government

surveyors.

(7) Water for construction purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2 ft3/s of diversion flow for
construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government
should obtain the water rights required. If it is necessary to use ground
water, obtain information on probable sources and yields. Furnish
information on locations and yields of existing wells in the vicinity.
Determine restrictions, if any, to use of ground water for this purpose. It
may be necessary to obtain permits from State or other governing
agencies. Retrieve water quality samples for testing and evaluation.

(a) Water treatment requirements for return flows

(8) Requirements for maintaining streamflow or diversions during

construction and maximum length, time, and number of permitted
interruptions.

(9) Required permits from government agencies and others.

(10) Requirements for meeting criteria for suppression of nitrogen, adequate

oxygen levels, and temperature control and control of turbidity during
construction.

(11) Requirements for temporary construction access roads, permanent access

and service roads, and relocation of existing roads or railroads. Include
any limiting requirements imposed by road owners for public access/haul
roads.

(13) Give borrow area and temporary haul road restoration requirements such
as stockpiling of topsoil, grading of the area, general cleanup, etc.

(14) Give consideration to using required excavated material in lieu of material

from other borrow sources wherever possible.

54 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

5. Canals. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines contains
additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request, design
data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and submittal.

A. General Map(s). The General Map should cover the project area and the area
immediately surrounding the project within approximately 2 or 3 miles. The scale
of the General Map should be adequate to clearly show listed details. A scale of
approximately 1 to 3 miles per inch is commonly used. The following data are
shown on a General Map for feasibility and specifications level design data
collection:

(1) A key map locating the general map within the State.

(2) A legend of symbols used for existing and constructed facilities.

(3) North arrow.

(4) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project. The locations of
these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the agency or
entity which owns or operates the property; for example, the Bureau of
Reclamation (Reclamation):

(a) Name of agency responsible for maintaining and/or managing the

affected land.

(b) Recreation areas; fish and wildlife areas; building areas; highways,
railroads, and shipping points; housing; areas of cultural
sensitivity; areas of archeological, historical, and mining or
paleontological interest; and bridges with special loads or size
limitations.

(c) Existing towns, residences, private property, roads, transmission

lines, substations, stream-gauging stations.

(d) Areas of environmental concern.

(e) Public utilities such as electric power and telephone lines,

pipelines, etc.

(f) County, range, township, and section lines.

(g) Land use restrictions such as easements and rights-of-way.

(5) Rights-of-way:

(a) Show rights-of-way required or available for facility/structure

sites, construction access, and staging areas.

September 2007 55
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(b) Land ownership boundaries and legal jurisdictions. Indicate

ownership by agency acronym or private land with “private.”

(6) The proposed structures and features:

(a) Location of features to be constructed or modified.

(b) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads,

sites for contractor’s staging areas and construction facilities, and
sites for temporary water treatment facilities.

(c) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials,

locations of commercial quarries, and disposal areas for waste
excavation.

(d) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

(e) Sources of water for construction.

B. Location Maps. Location maps are commonly used as a condensed method of

showing location and alignment of the features and associated structures. The
location map may be combined with the general map, site plan, or plan and profile
drawings for small areas. A scale of 1 inch = 1,000 feet to 1 inch = 2,000 feet is
commonly used for location maps. The location map should show:

(1) General:

(a) North arrow.

(b) Proposed alignment, major structures, and delivery locations by

symbols. Station and appropriate ties to section lines, section
corners, existing buildings, pipelines, roads, railroads, etc.

(c) Topography and ownership information should be shown.

(d) Towns, roads, railroads, streams, existing pipelines, canals,

reservoirs, etc.

(e) Transportation facilities and other cultural features.

(f) Location of borrow areas, riprap sources, sources of special pipe

embedment material, if required

(g) Disposal areas for wasting excess excavation.

(h) For distribution systems, show ownership, turnout locations, and

irrigable areas served.

56 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

(i) Sources of power for construction and operation and maintenance.

(j) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the

design, construction, or operation and maintenance such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, railroads, housing, and
areas of archeological, historical, and mining and paleontological
interest.

(k) Where the scale does not permit proper detail of a congested area,
a blowup at a larger scale may be included elsewhere on the
drawing and referenced to its proper location. Where density of
the structures or other features is such that individual stationing
and naming is impractical, the information should be shown in
tabular form and station marks shown on the alignment.

(l) Linear feature (canal, pipeline, wasteway, drains, etc.), together

with structures and stations. Structures and delivery locations are
normally shown by symbol.

(m) Legend of symbols for existing and proposed facilities

(n) Right-of-way and land ownership information.

C. General Description of Local Conditions. The following data may be required

for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Information relating to access for possible site visit by the design team,
access for foundation exploration and construction, and access limitations
due to environmental restrictions, etc.

(2) Access to the site for operation and maintenance (O&M) forces.

(3) Permits or permit requirements and any past permit violations or

exceedences.

(4) Name and description of similar construction in the area or region.

(5) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of access road length and
major structures required for new construction; and possible alternative
means for delivering construction materials and equipment to the structure
site.

September 2007 57
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(6) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as water

supply, sewage disposal, telephone utility, fire protection services, and
electric power for construction (give location, power supplier, voltage,
number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission lines; power rate
schedules; probability of interruption of supply; and requirements for
additional transmission line, if needed).

(a) Names, telephone numbers, email addresses, and Web sites of

local utilities and contacts within those organizations.

(7) Climatic conditions that will affect design, construction, and O&M such
as amount, rate, and distribution of rain, snow, and hail; ice conditions;
heating and air-conditioning design temperatures; summer and winter
temperatures with extremes; maximum wind velocities and their
directions; probability of excessive dust or sand.

(8) Local frost depths.

(9) Ground water presence and depths.

(10) Vegetation to be cleared or preserved including kinds, sizes, and density

of growth.

(11) Road detour requirements.

D. Survey Control. Use of an existing coordinate system or tying to the township

and range system is acceptable, but tying to the State or national system is
recommended if practical. If existing facilities are affected or incorporated into
the designs, the verification of the original coordinate systems and datum.

E. Topographic Maps.

(1) Strip Topography. Strip topography covering the proposed canal location
should generally be provided. The desired scale is 1 inch equals 200 feet
with a 2-foot contour interval and a minimum strip width of 200 feet. The
strip topography should be provided on plan and profile drawings. If the
project area is flat or small, a 1-foot contour interval may be required.

Aerial photographs or mosaics of the proposed canal alignment and of

major structure sites should also be provided if available.

(2) Topographic maps at structure sites are required only where major or
complicated structures are planned, unusual conditions exist, or judgment
dictates that more information will be required for review or design.
These site maps normally will be on a scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet to
50 feet and a contour interval of 1 foot (scale should be enlarged and/or
contour interval decreased to 1 foot when necessary to clarify conditions

58 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

establishing alignment, earthwork, delivery water surface elevations, and

related details). Exploration holes should be located on the maps.

(3) Topographic maps should be furnished covering all the project area
showing ownerships, gross acreage, and irrigable acreage for each owner­
ship, proposed delivery location and type, and delivery water surface
elevation. The acreage information, delivery type, and delivery water
surface elevation may be omitted from the maps if the information is
submitted separately in tabular form.

(4) Where the source of the water is a canal, reservoir, or pipeline with
turnout or headworks located outside the distribution system area
boundary, topographic maps of the same scale and contour interval
provided for above, should be submitted covering all the areas in which
the connecting feeder main is to be located. The water surface elevation
range in the source canal or reservoir or hydraulic gradient range in the
source pipeline should be shown. Also, where appropriate, data such as
capacities, grades, etc., should be shown.

F. Plan and Profile Drawings. Plan and profile drawings are normally requested
for linear features such as roads, canals, and pipelines. Drawings are prepared so
that both plan and profile are plotted on one sheet. Strip topography may be used
for the plan view. The plan view may not be required if shown on other drawings.
These drawings are normally prepared with a 1 inch = 10 feet vertical scale and
the horizontal scales of 1 inch = 200 feet unless more or less detail is required.
The scale should be adjusted, as required, if it is necessary to show details. Plan
and profile drawings should show features such as:

(1) General:

(a) North arrow and land survey lines.

(b) Proposed centerline and stationing and curve data.

(c) Location of existing features such as highways, railroads, public

utilities, major drainages, and any other features that will affect the
location and cost of proposed project facilities.

(d) Ties and stationing for turnouts, sublaterals and deliveries, as well
as road crossings, railroad crossings and utility crossings. Grid
coordinates for major structures such as pumping plants, flow
control stations, tanks, reservoirs, etc.

(e) Land control survey lines with ties to alignment where appropriate.

(f) Survey data to include stationing, ties to existing features, etc.

September 2007 59
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(g) Existing ground surface contours with date of surveys and

mapping. Significant topographic features.

(h) Existing utility lines within the right-of-way and requirements for
relocation.

(i) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new line or riprap protection
on steep slopes.

(j) Cross drainage and direction of flow. Location of riprap protection

on steep slopes. For major cross drainages, include flow (ft3/s) and
associated frequency (years)

(k) Low wire elevations and station of power lines (include voltage)
where they cross the alignment.

(l) Buildings, fences, and other obstructions.

(m) Right-of-way.

(n) Feature alignment, curve data, and stationing.

(o) Pipe - Hydraulic properties by reaches of proposed features

including hydraulic gradeline, feature dimensions, and pressure
class for pipe.

(p) Open channel - Hydraulic and section properties: bottom width,

side slopes, water depth, hydraulic equation used, and associated
coefficient are often shown in a table.

(q) Structures (including conduit size for siphons, turnouts, and

culverts).

(r) Alignment of laterals, sublaterals, overflow wasteways, reservoirs,

and access roads.

(s) Crossings: Individual drawings should be furnished that show the

plan and the profile, drawn to appropriate scales, of the following
types of crossings:

• Railroad crossings.

• Highway crossings which cannot be constructed by open-cut

methods.

• River or canal crossings.

60 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

(t) Roads, borrow pits, and waste areas.

(u) Areas where special construction effort is required: low-density

soils, high ground water table, bedrock, etc.

(v) Profile: The profile should show, as a minimum, bottom grade,

original ground surface, utilities and other subsurface features, and
water surface.

(2) Siphons, Road Crossings, and Associated Pipelines:

(a) Anticipated right-of-way widths and minimum radius of curve that

should be used to establish right-of-way (ROW) limits at points of
intersection on pipeline centerline alignment. Where possible,
curves having a minimum radius of 500 feet should be used at
horizontal changes in the direction of the pipeline alignment. On
large diameter pipelines, curve radii of 1,000 feet or more may be
desirable to permit use of “pulled” joints in pipe or curves rather
than concrete encasements.

(b) Areas where special construction effort is required, such as

directional drilling, microtunneling, compacting pipe trench
backfill up to the ground surface, excavating the pipe trench using
shoring or a safety shield, limits of encasement under proposed
drains or canals, etc.

(c) Profile: Existing ground surface, centerline elevations of pipelines,

canals, hydraulic gradeline, utilities or other subsurface features
where they cross the alignment. Hydraulic gradeline and pressure
class for pipelines.

G. Canal Lining. Type of lining required: earth, concrete, or membrane.

H. Foundation Data.

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The data for Specifications design

is similar to that for Feasibility design. They differ only in greater
accuracy, detail, and completeness of investigation and testing,
particularly for specific conditions (e.g., ground water, very soft or
unstable foundation materials, and zones of rock excavation). If only
minor additions or revisions are involved in the descriptions,
interpretation, and geological sections previously submitted for feasibility
design, the new data may be submitted as a supplement; otherwise
completely revised new text, sections, and profiles should be prepared.

The need for additional foundation data should be established by the

design office personnel with assistance from the region and originating

September 2007 61
Design Data Collection Guidelines

office representatives. For major structures, it is recommended that a field

conference be held, including an inspection of the site. This conference
should result in a geologic investigations program outlining the need for
and extent of surface and subsurface studies, and other requirements. The
geologic investigations program must be based on site conditions, type of
structure, and the time and funds available for the study and will make
maximum use of existing data. The complexity of the site will determine
the detail of the investigation.

Sufficient data on foundation conditions must be included to determine

type of excavation materials that will be encountered and geotechnical
analysis required. Drill holes shall be located at intervals of 2,500 ft.
unless site conditions demand more frequent logs. Logs of all drill holes,
auger holes, and exploration pits will be included. Recommendations for
lining, based on foundation conditions, and any other data will be
included. Major soil types should be identified, including such significant
factors as expansive and low-density soils, rock, and high-water tables.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for canals. The geologist should apply these guidelines with good
judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by the
particular geologic setting and engineering requirements. Because the
collection of geologic data is a dynamic process and often continues into
the preparation of final designs, all stages of the specification design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with the
designer through the appropriate geology office. The design engineer and
geologic and geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and
guidance in the gathering of these design data.

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Bureau and non-Bureau

geologic information on the area, with attention being paid to the
sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map of canal alignment showing location of

explorations. Locations of all existing explorations should be
indicated by coordinates or stationing of the permanent survey
control system for the canal.

(c) Specific foundation exploration at bridges, inverted siphons, check

structures, pumping plants, and other major structure sites; at deep
cuts; and where required to explore particular geologic problems
such as soft foundations or low-density material.

(d) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention

being paid to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling

62 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

minerals, low-density material, presence of gypsum and other

sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see Earth Manual).

(e) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals,
presence of gypsum and other sulfates; and to depth, weathering,
joints, faults, and other planes of weakness.

(f) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density,
penetration resistance, permeability, shear strength, gradation, and
consolidation or expansion characteristics, etc.). The type and
number of samples and tests required should be determined in
cooperation with the TSC.

(g) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

(h) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic,

soil resistivity, etc.), if performed.

(i) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, potential leakage, water-
producing capabilities including permeability tests, chemistry, and
land subsidence.

(j) Logs of exploration. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn

drilling, chop and wash, or other methods which result in less than
adequate sample recovery should be augmented by borehole
electric (geophysical) logs where appropriate. Log holes shall be
spaced at 2500 ft.

(k) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions. If it is

relevant, include a map of possible slide areas with as much detail
as practicable.

(l) If threat to life is significant, determine age of faulting in vicinity,

especially if suspected to be late Pleistocene or Holocene.

(m) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(n) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, cemented
zones in surficial materials, etc. Any potential surface water runoff

September 2007 63
Design Data Collection Guidelines

problems should be brought to the attention of a regional

hydrologist.

(o) Samples of foundation materials and ground water should be

obtained and tested to determine any possible chemical reaction
with the canal concrete or metalwork..

(p) Ensure that canal is not constructed on old spoil banks.

I. Corrosion Survey.

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(4) List of structures within ¼ mile of the vicinity of the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have cathodic protection and, if so, the type and location of the cathodic
protection groundbed.

(5) Information as to any unusual chemistry in the area from geologic

materials, ground water, or manmade sources shall be gathered. In
particular, analyze for pH, chlorides, and sulfates.

(6) Report alkali conditions in soil and water, which might affect the choice of
sulfate resisting cement.

(7) Associated Pipe, Road Crossings, and Siphons: In order to determine

corrosion mitigation measures for external surfaces, corrosivity surveys
shall be performed on all projects where buried pipe options with ferrous
materials are considered. This survey shall include information relating to
the native corrosivity of the surroundings and to interfering direct current
(DC) and alternating current (AC). The following determination shall be
included:

(a) In-situ electrical resistivity measurements in accordance with the

10-percent Soil Resistivity Method (see Technical Memorandum
No. MERL-05-19) shall be made. Resistivity data are to be

64 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

processed through an inversion program such as Resix-Plus

(Interpex, Ltd.) or equivalent. The controlling 10-percent soil
resistivity shall be determined following computer processing of
the data.

(b) Road salt use is aggressive and shall be noted.

(c) Identify the location of any nearby high-voltage AC (HVAC)

transmission lines running parallel or nearly parallel to the pipeline
in question. If not parallel, provide approximate angle of real or
projected intersection between the pipeline and such electrical
transmission lines. Determine:

• Distance from the pipeline to the nearest tower legs

• Horizontal distance between the ground below the nearest load

carrying conductors and the nearest pipeline segment(s)
roughly paralleling the conductors

• Distance of the conductors above ground.

• Obtain from the power company the geometric mean radius

(GMR) of the shield wires and their lineal resistance (e.g.,
Ohms per kilometer).

• Obtain from the power company the maximum fault currents

anticipated along the run of the pipeline for each circuit.

• Obtain from the power company the maximum anticipated

current loading of each circuit.

• Obtain from the power company the horizontal and vertical

separation distances between each of the phase conductors and
shield wires.

• Obtain from the power company the order in which the phases
are arranged on the tower.

• Measure the longitudinal electric field strength for AC lines

using the horizontal wire method and obtain from the power
company the percent of line load at the time of the
measurement.

• Determine soil resistivity at pipe depth along the powerline

route.

September 2007 65
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(d) Identify the location of any high-voltage DC (HVDC) grounding electrode

beds within 50 miles of the pipeline.

(e) Based on soil resistivity values, Technical Memorandum No. 8140-CC­

2003-1, Corrosion Considerations for Metallic Water Pipe (posted on the
Intranet) presents required external corrosion protection measures for
pipelines.

J. Construction Materials Data including:

(1) Classification of all materials taken from test holes as soils, rock, etc.,
should be designed according to Unified Soils Classification System (see
Earth Manual). Location and extent of rock, areas of high ground water
(present and future), and other unusual conditions should be shown.

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual.)

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials, if required.

(4) References to service history of materials if used previously and to results

of sampling and analysis, including previous tests in the central Bureau
laboratories.

(5) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction material.

(6) Dispersive soil analyses.

K. Hydrologic Data including:

(1) Design flood frequency to be used for design of cross drainage structures.

(2) Peak design flow discharges for minor drainage areas, except where
temporary ponding time uphill of the canal is a design consideration, then
hydrographs of the design storms should be submitted, and topography
should extend uphill of the canal a sufficient distance to cover the
temporarily inundated area.

(3) Hydrographs of design floods for major cross-drainage areas if the canal
section extends across the natural channel or broad, poorly defined
drainage.

(4) The expected volume of sediment taken into the canal and/or accumulated
uphill of a canal drain inlet used for major cross-drainage areas for large
capacity canals.

66 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

(5) Peak discharge or hydrograph, as appropriate, for flood frequency greater

than design frequency.

(6) Tailwater curves, sedimentation studies, degradation, and aggradation

studies should be included if they are critical.

L. Operating Data including:

(1) Source of water.

(2) Water surface elevations and capacities at control points along canal at
deliveries.

(3) Plan of operation for waterway including extent of automatic and/or

supervisory control. If supervisory control, give location of master
station. Demand or supply control system.

(5) A list of all structures showing stationing, type, size, and other control
data.

(6) Provisions for cross-drainage structures, wasteways, and spillways

including estimated structure capacity.

(7) Measuring facilities required in canal and turnouts.

(8) Percent of design capacity that the canal is expected to carry each month,
and probable dates that it may be taken out of service for maintenance
each year.

(9) For canals operated in subfreezing weather: minimum temperatures,

lengths of time freezing may occur, average and maximum ice depths,
conditions to be anticipated as to alternate freezing and thawing, and
probability of canal drifting full of snow.

(10) Explain any proposed rotational, scheduled irrigation, or full demand plan
and alternative types of systems considered.

(11) Character of water to be conveyed with respect to probable sediment

deposition and anticipated growth of algae in the channel and of other
water-loving plants or weeds along banks.

(12) Type of maintenance machinery contemplated.

(13) Type of communications system contemplated.

(14) Type of water service for land (include planning report if available):

(a) Furrow irrigation.

September 2007 67
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(b) Pumped system (Reclamation or farmer).

(c) Design efficiency.

(d) Filling and draining criteria.

M. Structure Data including:

(1) General. Unless shown elsewhere, the information should be submitted

on tabulations for similar structures, data sheets, or special sketches. Do
not duplicate.

(2) Cross Drainage:

(a) Design capacity, frequency of design storm, and map of

contributory drainage area.

(b) Strip topography of canal - Augmented, if necessary, by sufficient

data to show the requirements of outlet control and allowable inlet
pondage.

• The information should be shown in tabular form and station

marks shown on the alignment.

• Maximum, normal, and minimum flows in live stream, if

existing, possibility of scour.

(3) Road, Highway, and Railroad Crossings (siphons, bridges, and

culvert):

(a) Point of contact for each crossing.

(b) Type of structure and possible alternatives.

(c) Base of rail elevation for railroad, and crown elevation and width
of surfacing for road. Minimum clearance between top of culvert
or siphon and base of rail or crown of road.

(d) Railroad or highway right-of-way limits. Number and location of

future tracks and sidings; or limits of highway widening. Location
of shoofly or detour if required during construction.

(e) For smaller culverts and siphons, possibility of jacking pipe

through roadbed, and if feasible, agency's approval of this type of
construction.

68 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

(f) Maximum encroachment limits on highway or railroad right-of­

way during construction and for completed structure, including
canal banks.

(g) Location, bottom grade, dimensions, and capacity of any existing

drainage ditches.

(h) Highway or railroad loadings.

(i) Method of maintaining traffic during construction.

(j) Liability obligations to be assumed by Government construction

contractor and types of indemnity bonds or liability insurance
(with maximum limits) to be furnished by contractor, as set forth in
crossing agreement with railroad company or highway department.

(4) Wasteways and Spillways:

(a) Type of control (slide gate, radial gate, side overflow, siphonic
overflow) and capacity. Weather warning plan is required.

(b) Range of control of water surface if wasteway is to be automatic.

(5) Checks:

(a) Type of control, stoplog, slide gate, or radial gate. Capacity of

overflow weir, if desired. Type of operation (i.e., manual,
automatic, and/or remotely monitored and controlled).
Requirements for backup power.

(b) Details of combination requirements, if to be combined with other

structures.

(6) Turnouts:

(a) Capacity, minimum operating water surface in canal, and

maximum water surface immediately below turnout.

(b) Type of measuring device and whether data are telemetered.

(c) Operation and maintenance road elevations and clearances.

(d) Requirement for screens if turnout is to be connected with a pipe

distribution system or sprinkler irrigation system.

September 2007 69
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(7) Chutes and Drops:

(a) Range in capacities, water surface, and bottom grade elevations,

both upstream and downstream.

(b) Combinations with other structures such as checks, siphons,

operating or highway bridges, or turnouts.

(c) Range in capacities if the chute or drop is to be used as a

measuring device; and reason for measurement.

(8) Measuring Devices:

(a) Type of structure and accuracy required.

(b) Bottom grade and maximum and minimum operating water

surfaces both upstream and downstream.

(c) Maximum and minimum capacity to be measured.

(d) Whether a continuous record of discharge is required and whether

remotely monitored. Telemetering requirements.

(9) Miscellaneous Information:

(a) Months of the year in which flow of irrigation ditches or drains to

be crossed can be suspended.

(b) Prevalence of any unusual local pest action such as termites, dry
rot, and marine borers; local practices for combating same.

(c) Hold water during winter for livestock.

(d) Need for operating roads on or along canal banks.

(e) Legal or practical requirements for fencing; recommended type of

fencing if required.

(f) Number, width, and loading requirements for farm bridges.

(g) Special requirements and locations of safety devices such as

guardrailing, security lighting, fences in populated areas, nets, and
racks; game crossing requirements, fencing, and escapes.

(h) Type, location, owner, and requirements of irrigation and utility

crossings.

70 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

N. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be

consistent with the environmental commitments as described in the NEPA
compliance document (include document) that would affect the design and a brief
description of the setting and the resources that would be affected by the proposed
canal. Implementation of design features should be consistent with agreements
reached (include agreements) between Interior Bureaus, Federal agencies, and
other Governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, a brief description of the

environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed development.
The emphasis should be focused on those areas within the range of alternatives
open to the designers in developing a structural design. The following items
should also be considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting, photographs, both black and white and color,
are helpful.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the canal.

(3) Wildlife or refuge areas and wetlands.

(4) Background on the need for fish facilities such as screens, fishways, and
barriers.

(5) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, restoring borrow
areas, and reseeding spoil banks.

(6) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(7) Review of designs by other agencies including the findings of the Fish and
Wildlife Coordination Act Report.

(8) Anticipated public use around the structure.

(9) The need for escape structures or crossings for human, deer, or other
wildlife including special fencing needs.

(10) Special environmental requirements for transmission lines or underground

transmission systems.

(11) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat in/or adjacent to the
canal alignment.

(12) The need for restoring borrow areas and reseeding spoil banks.

(13) The water quality and location of return flows.

September 2007 71
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(14) Environmental considerations such as water pollution control standards,

noise and dust abatement requirements, areas that will require
landscaping, replacement of topsoil, seeding, architectural treatment for
structures, tree lists, endangered species, and mitigation requirements, etc.

O. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the canal, wasteway, spillway, check, turnout, chute,
drop, or other structure. After designs of the facility have progressed enough to
develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list of
additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Name and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(5) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.

(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is

lost.

(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(6) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(7) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(8) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

P. Cost Data for Field Cost Estimate. The field cost estimate is an estimate of the
capital costs of a feature or project from award to construction; non-contract costs
are not included. Cost data developed in previous or other studies (either by
Reclamation or others) should be included with the design data submittal. Include
a description or outline of estimating methods and data used. The following

72 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

design data for feasibility and specifications levels designs should be considered
for submittal:

(1) Procurement Strategy. Will solicitation be advertised and awarded under

other than full and open competition? This includes solicitations which
will be set aside under socio-economic programs that may limit
competition or allow award to other than the lowest bid or proposal.

(2) Estimate of cost of ROW for all features including reservoirs, dams, and
appurtenant works. Include supporting data:

(a) For reservoirs, include a curve showing estimated cost of ROW

versus elevation of reservoir water surface from normal elevation
to maximum estimated surcharge elevation or other physical or
economic limit. Include supporting data.

(3) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(4) Local freight or trucking rates.

(5) Housing accommodations.

(6) Interest rate for economic studies.

(7) Power rate in mills per kilowatt-hour, interest rate, and plant factor for
economic tunnel, and pipeline sizing studies in cases where transported
water is pumped.

(8) Estimated cost for construction items which cannot readily be determined
in the design office and include the supporting data:

(a) Clearing reservoir area and for removing or replacing private

improvements in the area.

(b) Earthwork (common and rock), excavation with freehaul distance.

For canals, include compacting embankment, canal lining, and
borrow (with free haul distance)

(c) Riprap, guardrail, culverts, row fencing, and gates.

(d) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of

kinds, size, and density of growth. State recommended method of
payment (i.e., lump-sum price for area with defined limits or unit
price per acre for area with limits subject to change during
construction). Use separate payment items for clearly defined
areas differing in growth density and difficulty of clearing
operations. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or can be

September 2007 73
Design Data Collection Guidelines

removed without special equipment or separate operations, the cost

of clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or
prices bid for other appropriate items of work.

(9) Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by the prime
contractor, and if disposal will be the contractor’s responsibility, designate
building groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings for each
group. Details should include general description, size, materials, and
general condition. Drawings should be provided of these buildings, if
available, that depict dimensions, construction materials, the structural
system for the building, and major electrical and mechanical equipment.
Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of the prime contractor. If
not, submit dates when disposal will be completed by others.

(10) Information on important construction work that is in progress or planned

in the vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors
in the area.

(11) If potential actions exceed anticipated funding, an assessment should be

made as to whether the cost estimate will reflect incremental costs of these
potential actions. Provide any known increment or arrangement of the
incremental costs.

(12) Local and tribal taxes.

(13) Estimates of costs for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water

systems, and other public utilities. Include supporting data.

(14) Method for projecting cost into the future if required.

(15) Cost of local materials (precast concrete, etc.).

Q. Construction Considerations. The following design data items should be

considered for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Construction schedule:

(a) One contract or several contracts.

(b) Any construction timeframe restrictions

(c) Are designers required to provide a construction schedule and/or

logic diagram?

(d) Recommended period for construction.

(e) Recommended period for completion of construction work and

features of the work that should be completed early.

74 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
5. Canals

(f) Permissible times to make connections to existing facilities.

(g) Whether construction schedule will be adaptive, (e.g., provide a

remedy, observe the effects, and then modify remedy as required).

(2) Allowable in-river materials (permanent and temporary).

(3) Construction constraints including allowable construction methods, traffic

considerations, environmental restrictions, climatic restrictions, blasting
limitations, etc.

(4) Filling and draining criteria for dam, ponds, and pipelines

(5) Unusual conditions for excavation or construction.

(6) Extent of construction surveying to be accomplished by Government

surveyors.

(7) Water for construction purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2 ft3/s of diversion flow for
construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government
should obtain the water rights required. If it is necessary to use ground
water, obtain information on probable sources and yields. Furnish
information on locations and yields of existing wells in the vicinity.
Determine restrictions, if any, to use of ground water for this purpose. It
may be necessary to obtain permits from State or other governing
agencies. Retrieve water quality samples for testing and evaluation.

(a) Water treatment requirements for return flows

(8) Requirements for maintaining streamflow or diversions during

construction and maximum length, time, and number of permitted
interruptions.

(9) Required permits from government agencies and others.

(10) Requirements for meeting criteria for suppression of nitrogen, adequate

oxygen levels, and temperature control and control of turbidity during
construction.

(11) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

September 2007 75
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(12) Requirements for temporary construction access roads, permanent access

and service roads, and relocation of existing roads or railroads. Include
any limiting requirements imposed by road owners for public access/haul
roads.

(13) Comments on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(14) Give borrow area and temporary haul road restoration requirements such
as stockpiling of topsoil, grading of the area, general cleanup, etc.

(15) Give consideration to using required excavated material in lieu of material

from other borrow sources wherever possible.

R. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

76 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

6. Pipelines. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal. The design data collection requirements included in this section cover
pressure and gravity or open (low-pressure) pipeline systems.

A. General Map(s). The General Map should cover the project area and the area
immediately surrounding the project within approximately 2 or 3 miles. The scale
of the General Map should be adequate to clearly show listed details. A scale of
approximately 1 to 3 miles per inch is commonly used. The following data are
shown on a General Map for feasibility and specifications level design data
collection:

(1) A key map locating the general map within the State.

(2) A legend of symbols used for existing and constructed facilities.

(3) North arrow.

(4) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project. The locations of
these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the agency or
entity which owns or operates the property; for example, the Bureau of
Reclamation (Reclamation):

(a) Name of agency responsible for maintaining and/or managing the

affected land.

(b) Recreation areas; fish and wildlife areas; building areas; highways,
railroads, and shipping points; housing; areas of cultural
sensitivity; areas of archeological, historical, and mining or
paleontological interest; and bridges with special loads or size
limitations.

(c) Existing towns, residences, private property, roads, transmission

lines, substations, stream-gauging stations.

(d) Areas of environmental concern.

(e) Public utilities such as electric power and telephone lines,

pipelines, etc.

(f) County, range, township, and section lines.

(g) Land use restrictions such as easements and rights-of-way.

(5) Rights-of-way:

September 2007 77
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(a) Show rights-of-way required or available for facility/structure

sites, construction access, and staging areas.

(b) Land ownership boundaries and legal jurisdictions. Indicate

ownership by agency acronym or private land with “private.”

(6) The proposed structures and features:

(a) Location of features to be constructed or modified.

(b) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads,

sites for contractor’s staging areas and construction facilities, and
sites for temporary water treatment facilities.

(c) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials,

locations of commercial quarries, and disposal areas for waste
excavation.

(d) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

(e) Sources of water for construction.

B. Location Maps. Location maps are commonly used as a condensed method of

showing location and alignment of the features and associated structures. The
location map may be combined with the general map, site plan, or plan and profile
drawings for small areas. A scale of 1 inch = 1,000 feet to 1 inch = 2,000 feet is
commonly used for location maps. The location map should show:

(1) General:

(a) North arrow.

(b) Proposed alignment, major structures, and delivery locations by

symbols. Station and appropriate ties to section lines, section
corners, existing buildings, pipelines, roads, railroads, etc.

(c) Topography and ownership information should be shown.

(d) Towns, roads, railroads, streams, existing pipelines, canals,

reservoirs, etc.

(e) Transportation facilities and other cultural features.

(f) Location of borrow areas, riprap sources, sources of special pipe

embedment material, if required

(g) Disposal areas for wasting excess excavation.

78 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

(h) For distribution systems, show ownership, turnout locations, and

irrigable areas served.

(i) Sources of power for construction and operation and maintenance.

(j) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the

design, construction, or operation and maintenance such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, railroads, housing, and
areas of archeological, historical, and mining and paleontological
interest.

(k) Where the scale does not permit proper detail of a congested area,
a blowup at a larger scale may be included elsewhere on the
drawing and referenced to its proper location.

(l) Where density of the structures or other features is such that

individual stationing and naming is impractical, the information
should be shown in tabular form and station marks shown on the
alignment.

(m) Linear feature (canal, pipeline, wasteway, drains, etc.), together

with structures and stations. Structures and delivery locations are
normally shown by symbol.

(n) Legend of symbols for existing and proposed facilities

(o) Right-of-way and land ownership information.

(2) Distribution Systems. Where the source of the water is a canal, reservoir,
or pipeline with turnout or headworks located outside the distribution
system area boundary, topographic maps should be submitted covering all
the areas in which the connecting feeder main is to be located. The water
surface elevation range in the source canal or reservoir or hydraulic grade
line range in the source pipeline should be shown. Also, where
appropriate, data such as capacities, grades, etc., should be shown.

C. General Description of Local Conditions Covering. The following data may be

required for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Information relating to access for possible site visit by the design team,
access for foundation exploration and construction, and access limitations
due to environmental restrictions, etc.

(2) Access to the site for operation and maintenance (O&M) forces.

(3) Permits or permit requirements and any past permit violations or

exceedences.

September 2007 79
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(4) Name and description of similar construction in the area or region.

(5) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of access road length and
major structures required for new construction; and possible alternative
means for delivering construction materials and equipment to the structure
site.

(6) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as water

supply, sewage disposal, telephone utility, fire protection services, and
electric power for construction (give location, power supplier, voltage,
number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission lines; power rate
schedules; probability of interruption of supply; and requirements for
additional transmission line, if needed).

(a) Names, telephone numbers, email addresses, and Web sites of

local utilities and contacts within those organizations.

(7) Climatic conditions that will affect design, construction, and O&M such
as amount, rate, and distribution of rain, snow, and hail; ice conditions;
heating and air-conditioning design temperatures; summer and winter
temperatures with extremes; maximum wind velocities and their
directions; probability of excessive dust or sand.

(8) Local frost depths.

(9) Ground water presence and depths.

(10) Vegetation to be cleared or preserved including kinds, sizes, and density

of growth.

(11) Road detour requirements.

D. Survey Control. Survey control is required for all surveys including surveys
associated with aerial photography. If existing facilities or features are affected or
incorporated into designs, then verification of original coordinate system with
current coordinate system and datum should be made.

E. Topographic Maps.

(1) Topographic maps, when used, should be furnished covering all the
project area showing ownerships, gross acreage, and irrigable acreage for
each ownership, proposed delivery location and type, and delivery water
surface elevation. The acreage information, delivery type, and delivery

80 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

water surface elevation may be omitted from the maps if the information is
submitted separately in tabular form.

(2) Location and layout should be based on the latest system used in previous
designs or preliminary studies. A scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet to 1 inch
equals 400 feet and a contour interval of 2 feet is satisfactory. Structures
proposed on the pipeline should be shown by symbols; where proposed
pipeline locations are shown on these maps. If the project area is flat or
small, a 1-foot contour interval may be required.

(3) Where the source of the water is a canal, reservoir, or pipeline with
turnout or headworks located outside the distribution system area
boundary, topographic maps of the same scale and contour interval
provided for above, should be submitted covering all the areas in which
the connecting feeder main is to be located. The water surface elevation in
the source canal or reservoir or hydraulic gradient in the source pipeline
should be shown. Also, where appropriate, data such as capacities, grades,
etc., should be shown.

(4) Unless the information can be shown in adequate detail on the plan-profile
drawing and/or the location map, topographic maps should be furnished
for the proposed sites for pumping plants, flow control stations, reservoirs,
regulating tanks, surge stands, etc. Such maps should be prepared with a
scale of 1 inch equals 20 feet and a contour interval of 2 feet unless steep
terrain requires a greater interval for clarity. If the project area is flat or
small, a 1-foot contour interval may be required.

F. Plan and Profile Drawings. Plan and profile drawings are normally requested
for linear features such as roads, canals, and pipelines. Drawings are prepared so
that both plan and profile are plotted on one sheet. The plan view may not be
required if shown on other drawings. These drawings are normally prepared with
a 1 inch = 10 feet vertical scale and the horizontal scales from 1 inch = 100 feet to
1 inch = 200 feet unless more or less detail is required. The scale should be
adjusted, as required, if it is necessary to show details. Plan and profile drawings
should show features such as:

(1) General:

(a) Strip topography may be used for the plan view.

(b) North arrow and land survey lines.

(c) Proposed centerline and stationing and curve data.

(d) Location of existing features such as highways, railroads, public

utilities, major drainages, and any other features that will affect the
location and cost of proposed project facilities.

September 2007 81
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(e) Ties and stationing for turnouts, sublaterals and deliveries, as well
as road crossings, railroad crossings and utility crossings. Grid
coordinates for major structures such as pumping plants, flow
control stations, tanks, reservoirs, etc.

(f) Land control survey lines with ties to alignment where appropriate.

(g) Survey data to include stationing, ties to existing features, etc.

(h) Existing ground surface contours with date of surveys and

mapping. Significant topographic features.

(i) Existing utility lines within the right-of-way and requirements for
relocation.

(j) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new line or riprap protection
on steep slopes.

(k) Cross drainage and direction of flow. Location of riprap protection

on steep slopes. For major cross drainages, include flow (ft3/s) and
associated frequency (years)

(l) Low wire elevations and station of power lines (include voltage)
where they cross the alignment.

(m) Buildings, fences, and other obstructions.

(n) Right-of-way.

(o) Feature alignment, curve data, and stationing.

(p) Hydraulic properties by reaches of proposed features (including

hydraulic gradeline, feature dimensions, and pressure class for
pipelines).

(q) Structures (including conduit size for siphons, turnouts, and

culverts).

(r) Alignment of laterals, sublaterals, overflow wasteways, reservoirs,

and access roads.

(s) Crossings: Individual drawings should be furnished that show the

plan and the profile, drawn to appropriate scales, of the following
types of crossings:

• Railroad crossings.

82 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

• Highway crossings which cannot be constructed by open-cut

methods.

• River or canal crossings.

(t) Roads, borrow pits, and waste areas.

(u) Anticipated right-of-way widths and minimum radius of curve that

should be used to establish right-of-way (ROW) limits at points of
intersection on pipeline centerline alignment. Where possible,
curves having a minimum radius of 500 feet should be used at
horizontal changes in the direction of the pipeline alignment. On
large diameter pipelines, curve radii of 1,000 feet or more may be
desirable to permit use of “pulled” joints in pipe or curves rather
than concrete encasements.

(v) Areas where special construction effort is required, such as

directional drilling, microtunneling, compacting pipe trench
backfill up to the ground surface, excavating the pipe trench using
shoring or a safety shield, limits of encasement under proposed
drains or canals, etc.

(w) Profile: Existing ground surface, centerline elevations of pipelines,

canals, hydraulic gradeline, utilities or other subsurface features
where they cross the alignment.

G. Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides general
guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information for this type of
facility. The geologist should apply these guidelines with good judgment and
sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by the particular geologic
setting and engineering requirements. Because the collection of geologic data is a
dynamic process and often continues into the preparation of final designs, all
stages of the specification design geologic exploration program must be
constantly coordinated with the designer through the appropriate geology office.
The TSC geologic and geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and
guidance in the gathering of these design data.

(1) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Bureau and non-Bureau geologic

information on the area, with attention being paid to the sequence of
explorations and historical geologic events.

(2) Surface geologic map showing locations of explorations. Locations of all

existing explorations should be indicated by coordinates or stationing of
the permanent survey control system for the facility.

(3) Specific foundation exploration criteria (if required).

September 2007 83
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(4) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention being paid
to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling minerals, low-density
materials, presence of gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see
Earth Manual). Strength of the trench wall is necessary to determine
trench type for flexible pipe.

(5) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid to

engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates; and depth of weathering, joints, faults, and
other planes of weakness.

(6) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial deposits and

bedrock by visual examination or laboratory testing.

(7) Test pits shall be excavated at 2,500 ft. intervals and laboratory testing
shall be performed to determine proctor or relative densities. This
information will be used to determine trench type.

(8) Drill holes shall be drilled at 2,500 ft. intervals to a depth of 15 ft. below
the invert of the pipe or until bedrock is encountered. This information
will is used to determine where suitable pipe foundations exist.

(9) Photographs representative of particular geologic conditions.

(10) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic, soil

resistivity, etc.), if performed.

(11) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to water
levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of unconfined and
confined aquifers, water-producing capabilities, chemistry, and ground
subsidence.

(12) Logs of exploration. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn drilling, chop
and wash, or other methods which result in less then adequate sample
recovery should be augmented by borehole electric (geophysical) logs
where appropriate.

(13) Evaluation of landslide, snow slide, and rockfall conditions. If a threat to

life exists then determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected
to be late Pleistocene or Holocene.

(14) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and mineral
extraction operations in vicinity.

(15) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction methods

such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling conditions, stability

84 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

of drilled holes, ground temperatures, or gases. Any potential surface

water runoff problems should be brought to the attention of a hydrologist.

H. Corrosion Survey. Corrosion surveys shall be performed on all projects where

pipe and fitting options with ferrous materials are considered. In order to
determine corrosion mitigation measures for external surfaces, corrosivity surveys
shall be performed on all projects where buried pipe options with ferrous
materials are considered. This survey shall include information relating to the
native corrosivity of the surroundings and to interfering direct current (DC) and
alternating current (AC). The following determinations shall be included:

(1) In-situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of construction materials that have been used in the
area.

(3) List of structures within ¼ mile of the vicinity of the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have cathodic protection and, if so, the type and location of the cathodic
protection groundbed.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Information as to any unusual chemistry in the area from geologic

materials, ground water, or manmade sources shall be gathered. In
particular, analyze for pH, chlorides, and sulfates.

(6) Report alkali conditions in soil and water which might affect the choice of
sulfate resisting cement.

(7) In-situ electrical resistivity measurements in accordance with the

10-percent Soil Resistivity Method (see Technical Memorandum
No. MERL-05-19) shall be made. Resistivity data are to be processed
through an inversion program such as Resix-Plus (Interpex, Ltd.) or
equivalent. The controlling 10-percent soil resistivity shall be determined
following computer processing of the data.

(8) Road salt use is aggressive and shall be noted.

(9) Identify the location of any nearby high-voltage AC (HVAC) transmission

lines running parallel or nearly parallel to the pipeline in question. If not

September 2007 85
Design Data Collection Guidelines

parallel, provide approximate angle of real or projected intersection

between the pipeline and such electrical transmission lines. Determine:

• Distance from the pipeline to the nearest tower legs.

• Horizontal distance between the ground below the nearest

load carrying conductors and the nearest pipeline
segment(s) roughly paralleling the conductors.

• Distance of the conductors above ground.

• Obtain from the power company the geometric mean radius

(GMR) of the shield wires and their lineal resistance
(e.g., Ohms per kilometer).

• Obtain from the power company the maximum fault

currents anticipated along the run of the pipeline for each
circuit.

• Obtain from the power company the maximum anticipated

current loading of each circuit.

• Obtain from the power company the horizontal and vertical

separation distances between each of the phase conductors
and shield wires.

• Obtain from the power company the order in which the

phases are arranged on the tower.

• Measure the longitudinal electric field strength for AC lines

using the horizontal wire method and obtain from the
power company the percent of line load at the time of the
measurement.

• Determine soil resistivity at pipe depth along the powerline

route.

(10) Identify the location of any high-voltage DC (HVDC) grounding electrode

beds within 50 miles of the pipeline.

(11) Based on soil resistivity values, Technical Memorandum No. 8140-CC­

2004-1, Corrosion Considerations for Metallic Water Pipe (posted on the
Intranet) presents required external corrosion protection measures for
pipelines.

86 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

I. Construction Materials Data.

(1) Classification of all materials taken from test holes as soils, rock, etc.,
should be designated according to Unified Soils Classification System (see
Earth Manual). Location and extent of rock, areas of high ground water
(existing and future conditions), and other unusual conditions should be
shown.

(2) Information on concrete aggregates and recommendation of type of

cement to be used, e.g., sulfate-resistant cement.

(3) Source, location, and gradation of acceptable road or service yard

surfacing materials, and/or embedment materials.

(4) Location of manufacturers of potential pipe alternatives.

(5) Desirability of including controlled low strength material (CLSM) as an

allowable pipe embedment option.

(6) Maximum Standard Proctor and relative density tests of pipe trench for
determining trench type and soil strength.

(7) Embedment requirements for pipe (native soil, select material, gravel,
CLSM).

(8) Reference to service history of any material thought suitable for use on
project if previously used, to include results of sample analysis and tests.

(9) Types of pipe commonly used on the project or in the project area
including types of pipe which are not acceptable for use on the project.

(10) Source, location, availability, and cost of water to be used for

construction.

J. Operating Data:

(1) The hydraulic data.

(a) Full demand system or rotational flow measurement requirements

(b) Filling and draining criteria

(2) Type of water service desired by the water district to include:

(a) Pressure at farm delivery point.

(b) Location of farm delivery with respect to high point of land to be

irrigated.

September 2007 87
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(c) Suggested configuration of farm delivery, including type of

flowmeter, type of valve control, and use of automatic control
(telemetering). Requirements for components to facilitate
electronic readout of flowmeter.

(d) Use of automatic controls: Automatic pump restart after power

failure; installation of alarms, warning devices, tank or reservoir
water level indicators at pumping plants, etc.

(e) Type of water screening devices required at delivery turnout, i.e.,

traveling or stationary screens.

(3) Irrigation data:

(a) Season requirement. This is usually stated in terms of acre-feet

per productive acre per year for irrigation (application efficiency
already considered).

(b) Monthly requirement. Expressed as a percentage of season

requirement for each month of operation. Irrigation flows will be
distributed over the irrigation season and will vary based on crop
requirements per month.

(c) Peak requirement. This is the basic criteria for sizing pipelines and
can be based on the maximum demand for a month, peak day, or
other time period. The demand should be stated as the number of
productive acres to be served by a flow of 1 ft3/s or a flow rate of a
specified number of gallons per minute required to irrigate 1 acre.
Note distribution of irrigable acres along the irrigation system.

(d) Criteria for reducing irrigable acres to productive acres. This can
be expressed as a percentage of the irrigable area.

(e) Basic criteria for sizing farm deliveries. This may be shown as a
table showing the maximum and minimum number of productive
acres to be served by deliveries of 1 ft3/s, 2 ft3/s, 3 ft3/s, etc.

(f) Type of farm distribution system, including pressure required at

farm delivery of sprinkler or drip irrigation systems.

(g) Controls and equipment to be included in farm deliveries such as

flowmeters, control valves, open stands, and pressure-reducing
valves.

(4) Municipal and/or industrial conveyance systems. In general, the data

requirements are the same as for irrigation distribution systems. In
addition provide:

88 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

(a) A general profile and alignment drawing of the entire system

should be furnished at a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet and
a horizontal scale of either 1 inch equals 1,000 feet, 1 inch equals
2,000 feet, or 1 inch equals 5,000 feet, depending on roughness of
the terrain and length of the pipeline.

(b) Location of water treatment plant, if required, and of terminal tank.

(c) Maximum and minimum water level elevations at raw water intake
and clearwell.

(d) Overflow, maximum, normal, and minimum water level

elevations, size of facility, mode of connection to, etc., where
delivery is made to a terminal tank or reservoir owned by a city or
other agency.

(e) Flowmeter requirements at the outlet and at the terminal facility.

(f) State health department requirements for disinfection of the

pipeline, tanks, and reservoir; chlorine booster stations, chlorine
residual level and sampling points, etc.

(g) Requirements for chlorination stations in pipelines, tanks, and

reservoirs.

(h) Anticipated right-of-way widths and minimum radius of curve that

should be used to establish ROW limits at points of intersection on
pipeline centerline alignment. Where possible, curves having a
minimum radius of 500 feet should be used at horizontal changes
in direction of pipeline alignment. On large diameter pipelines,
curve radii of 1,000 feet or more may be desirable to permit use of
“pulled” joints in pipe or curves rather than concrete encasements.

(i) State or local requirements and codes related to construction of a

municipal water distribution system.

(j) Requirements for compacting backfill in pipe trenches to the

ground surface, e.g., through irrigated farm land, at road crossings
or stream crossings.

(k) Peaking factor.

(l) Yearly requirement. This is usually stated in terms of acre-feet per

year or ft3/s or mgd.

(m) Monthly requirement. Expressed as a percentage of the yearly

requirement for each month of operation. M&I systems may be

September 2007 89
Design Data Collection Guidelines

spread out equally over the entire year when better data is not
available.

(n) Peak requirement. This is the basic criteria for sizing pipelines and
can be based on the maximum demand for a month, peak day, or
other time period.

(o) Delivery demands can be stated in acre-feet per month or ft3/s and
pressure requirements at the delivery points.

(p) Capacity for future development.

(q) Controls and equipment to be included in deliveries such as

flowmeters, control valves, altitude valves, and pressure-reducing
valves, etc.

(r) Chlorination requirements.

(s) Fire demand.

(t) Lifeline designation?

K. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Criteria for flow measurement and/or screening at lateral turnouts.

(2) Location and data on existing sources of electric power, including

construction power sources and dates when power will be available.

(3) If a pumped system, use data listed under Pumping Plants and
Powerplants, as applicable.

(4) Any limitations imposed on height of stands, tanks, and other structures
due to location, by the Federal Aviation Administration, Environmental
Protection Agency, State, county, municipal, or district regulations.
Maximum wind velocities expected at tank sites and requirements for
beacon lights.

(5) Minimum cover on lateral pipelines based on farming over pipe, frost
depth, depth to ground water, type of soils, vehicle wheel loadings, etc.

(6) Details of drainage system (if existing or proposed) that will influence
designs of irrigation pipe distribution system.

(7) Plan of irrigation desired by the district to include: Operation of delivery

by individual landowner or district personnel, fire protection, domestic
requirements and plans for future district expansion (where applicable). If

90 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

domestic flow is to be provided, State health department requirements for

water-supply systems.

(8) Fencing details as desired by the operating district.

(9) Safety requirements for slope of pipe trench walls.

(10) Maximum predicted and recorded flood stage elevations to be expected at

major drainage and river crossings and recommended cover required for
protection against scour at these locations.

(11) Suggested types of pipe to be allowed as alternatives, i.e., steel, reinforced

concrete pressure pipe, polyvinyl-chloride (PVC), high density
polyethylene (HDPE), etc.

(12) Water quality data: sulfites, chlorides, etc.

(13) A list of previous Reclamation or other projects that have been constructed
in the area.

L. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the distribution systems. After designs of the facility
have progressed enough to develop details of electrical system needs, designers
will prepare a list of additional data required to complete final design of electrical
installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within their organizations.

(2) Location of point where connections to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(5) Discuss requirements for an alternative power source. If an alternative

supply is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.

(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is

lost.

(d) Loads requiring service from alternative source.

September 2007 91
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(6) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(7) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(8) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

M. Environmental Considerations. Information should be included which will aid

the designer in minimizing the environmental impacts due to construction of these
systems. The following items should be considered in preparing design data:

(1) Photographs of the environmental setting.

(2) Cultural (historical archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources along any alignment or within the area of the distribution
system.

(3) Wildlife or refuge areas.

(4) Existing or potential wetland areas.

(5) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat within or adjacent to the
pipeline system.

(6) Areas of heavy public use should be clearly identified.

(7) The need for restoring borrow areas and reseeding spoil banks.

(8) The water quality and location of return flows.

(9) Environmental considerations such as water pollution control standards,

noise and dust abatement requirements, areas that will require
landscaping, replacing of topsoil, seeding, architectural treatment for
structures, tree lists, endangered species, and mitigation requirements, etc.

N. Right-of-Way (ROW).

(1) Determine the minimum ROW limits for construction and the permanent
ROW limits required.

(2) Limits of rights-of-way, extent of casing pipe required, minimum cover,

and any local permit requirements required at railroad and highway
crossings. Where a paved highway crossing can be made by open-cut
methods the road surfacing requirements for replacing the pavement.

92 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

(3) The method for determining the ROW and how the ROW will be obtained
should be described.

O. Cost Data for Field Cost Estimate. The field cost estimate is an estimate of the
capital costs of a feature or project from award to construction; non-contract costs
are not included. Cost data developed in previous or other studies (either by
Reclamation or others) should be included with the design data submittal. Include
a description or outline of estimating methods and data used. The following
design data for feasibility and specifications levels designs should be considered
for submittal:

(1) Procurement Strategy. Will solicitation be advertised and awarded under

other than full and open competition? This includes solicitations which
will be set aside under socio-economic programs that may limit
competition or allow award to other than the lowest bid or proposal.

(2) Estimate of cost of ROW for all features including reservoirs, dams, and
appurtenant works. Include supporting data:

(3) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(4) Local freight or trucking rates.

(5) Housing accommodations.

(6) Interest rate for economic studies.

(7) Power rate in mills per kilowatt-hour, interest rate, and plant factor for
economic tunnel, and pipeline sizing studies in cases where transported
water is pumped.

(8) Estimated cost for construction items which cannot readily be determined
in the design office and include the supporting data:

(a) Clearing reservoir area and for removing or replacing private

improvements in the area.

(b) Earthwork (common and rock), excavation with freehaul distance.

For canals, include compacting embankment, canal lining, and
borrow (with free haul distance)

(c) Riprap, guardrail, culverts, row fencing, and gates.

(d) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of

kinds, size, and density of growth. State recommended method of
payment (i.e., lump-sum price for area with defined limits or unit
price per acre for area with limits subject to change during

September 2007 93
Design Data Collection Guidelines

construction). Use separate payment items for clearly defined

areas differing in growth density and difficulty of clearing
operations. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or can be
removed without special equipment or separate operations, the cost
of clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or
prices bid for other appropriate items of work.

(9) Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by the prime
contractor, and if disposal will be the contractor’s responsibility, designate
building groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings for each
group. Details should include general description, size, materials, and
general condition. Drawings should be provided of these buildings, if
available, that depict dimensions, construction materials, the structural
system for the building, and major electrical and mechanical equipment.
Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of the prime contractor. If
not, submit dates when disposal will be completed by others.

(10) Information on important construction work that is in progress or planned

in the vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors
in the area.

(11) If potential actions exceed anticipated funding, an assessment should be

made as to whether the cost estimate will reflect incremental costs of these
potential actions. Provide any known increment or arrangement of the
incremental costs.

(12) Local and tribal taxes.

(13) Estimates of costs for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water

systems, and other public utilities. Include supporting data.

(14) Method for projecting cost into the future if required.

(15) Cost of local materials (precast concrete, etc.).

P. Construction Considerations. The following design data items should be

considered for feasibility and specifications designs:

(1) Construction schedule:

(a) One contract or several contracts.

(b) Any construction timeframe restrictions

(c) Are designers required to provide a construction schedule and/or

logic diagram?

94 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
6. Pipelines

(d) Recommended period for construction.

(e) Recommended period for completion of construction work and

features of the work that should be completed early.

(f) Permissible times to make connections to existing facilities.

(g) Whether construction schedule will be adaptive, (e.g., provide a

remedy, observe the effects, and then modify remedy as required).

(2) Allowable in-river materials (permanent and temporary).

(3) Construction constraints including allowable construction methods, traffic

considerations, environmental restrictions, climatic restrictions, blasting
limitations, etc.

(4) Filling and draining criteria for dam, ponds, and pipelines

(5) Unusual conditions for excavation or construction.

(6) Extent of construction surveying to be accomplished by Government

surveyors.

(7) Water for construction purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2 ft3/s of diversion flow for
construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government
should obtain the water rights required. If it is necessary to use ground
water, obtain information on probable sources and yields. Furnish
information on locations and yields of existing wells in the vicinity.
Determine restrictions, if any, to use of ground water for this purpose. It
may be necessary to obtain permits from State or other governing
agencies. Retrieve water quality samples for testing and evaluation.

(a) Water treatment requirements for return flows

(8) Requirements for maintaining streamflow or diversions during

construction and maximum length, time, and number of permitted
interruptions.

(9) Required permits from government agencies and others.

(10) Requirements for meeting criteria for suppression of nitrogen, adequate

oxygen levels, and temperature control and control of turbidity during
construction.

September 2007 95
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(11) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(12) Requirements for temporary construction access roads, permanent access

and service roads, and relocation of existing roads or railroads. Include
any limiting requirements imposed by road owners for public access/haul
roads.

(13) Comments on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(14) Give borrow area and temporary haul road restoration requirements such
as stockpiling of topsoil, grading of the area, general cleanup, etc.

(15) Give consideration to using required excavated material in lieu of material

from other borrow sources wherever possible.

Q. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

96 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation

7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for
these design data collection guidelines contains additional information concerning:
preparing a design data collection request, design data collection requirements, and
coordinating the design data collection and submittal. For a railroad or highway
relocation, the data should represent the standards of design and construction which, in
negotiations with the owner of the facility, have been agreed upon as satisfying the
principle of equivalent replacement.

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) The alignment of the railroad or highway relocation or of the access road.

(3) County and township lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads and shipping points, public
utilities such as electric power and telephone lines, pipelines, etc., and
stream-gauging stations.

(5) Locations of sites required for construction facilities.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and disposal
areas for waste excavation.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, possible use and future maintenance of the relocation or
access road such as: recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building
areas, and areas of archeological, historical and mining or paleontological
interest. The locations of these features should bear the parenthetical
reference to the agency most concerned; for example, Reclamation, NPS,
or FWS.

B. Topographic Map. A topographic map or strip topography showing the

relocation or access alignment and the bridge structure sites with a scale of 1 inch
equals 400 feet and a contour interval of not over 5 feet. A scale of 1 inch equals
100 feet (50 feet at bridge sites) and 2-foot contour intervals is desirable for
making paper locations, bridge layouts, and earthwork quantity computations. A
coordinate system should be established and related to a State or national
coordinate system, if available. Show the coordinate system ties to the survey
line and locate existing land survey corner monuments or special control points
established for the topographic survey. Show all manmade features in the
included area.

September 2007 97
Design Data Collection Guidelines

C. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The need for foundation data

should be established by originating office personnel with assistance from
the region and TSC representatives. For major bridge structures and
unusual or difficult road alignments, it is recommended that a field
conference be held, including an onsite inspection.

The following data should reflect a recognition and consideration of the

scope of the relocation or access required and the type and size of bridge
structures anticipated.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for this type of facility. The geologist should apply these guidelines with
good judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by
the particular geologic setting and engineering requirements. Because the
collection of geologic data is a dynamic process and often continues into
the preparation of final designs, all stages of the specification design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with the
designer through the appropriate geology office. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the
gathering of these design data.

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map of the alignment showing location of

explorations. Locations of all existing explorations should be
indicated by coordinates or stationing of the permanent survey
control system for the facility.

(c) Specific foundation exploration at site of major bridges, deep cuts,

other structures sites, or where problem areas such as soft
foundation or poor drainage require.

(d) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention

being paid to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling
minerals, low-density materials, presence of gypsum and other
sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see Earth Manual).

(e) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals,
presence of gypsum and other sulfates; and depth of weathering,
joints, faults, and other planes of weakness.

98 September 2007
 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation

(f) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

(g) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density,
penetration resistance, permeability, shear strength, and
consolidation or expansion characteristics, etc.). The type and
number of samples and tests required should be determined in
cooperation with the TSC.

(h) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic,

resistivity, etc.).

(i) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, potential seepage areas, water-
producing capabilities, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(j) Logs of explorations. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn

drilling, chop and wash, or other methods which result in less than
adequate sample recovery should be augmented by appropriate
borehole electric (geophysical) logs.

(k) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions. A

complete map of possible slide areas with as much detail as
practicable.

(l) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(m) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling
conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground
temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems
should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

D. Corrosion Survey.

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

September 2007 99
Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

E. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Location of and distance to suitable borrow areas for permeable and
impermeable soil materials for fill or embankment; and for riprap for
channel or slope protection. If quantities are limited, give approximate
volumes available.

(2) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(3) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual.)

(4) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distance from
the bridge site.

(5) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider excavated material as a possible source.

(6) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous tests

conducted at the Engineering and Research Center.

(7) Information, including catalogues, on firms within practical hauling

distance from the bridge site which manufacture precast concrete products
such as beams and piles.

F. Operating Data Including:

(1) For railroad: Track classification, type of service, limiting grades and
curvature, design load limits, other operating limitations or requirements,
and typical roadbed section showing depth and type of ballast, weight of
rail, and size, spacing, and type of tie.

(2) For railroad: Information on operating facilities such as communication

lines, signal systems, passing tracks and sidings, service roads and depots.

100 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation

(3) For roads: Road classification, design speed, limiting grades and
curvature, design load limits, superelevation limits and typical roadway
section showing road width and thickness and type of surfacing.

G. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) For railroad, drawing of typical roadway cross section showing:

(a) Centerline of track.

(b) Subgrade (top of embankment or bottom of excavation).

(c) Roadbed widths (shoulder to shoulder) at subgrade for both

embankment and excavation.

(d) Embankment slopes and excavation slopes (earth and rock).

(e) Required berms.

(f) Thickness and top of embankment riprap, if required.

(g) Dimensions and positions of roadbed ditches and service road.

(h) Clearance between multiple tracks on curves and tangents.

(i) Dimensions of ballast section.

(j) Size of ties and weight of rail (welded or jointed rail).

(k) Distance from subgrade to top of rail.

(2) For highway or road, drawing of typical roadway cross section showing:

(a) Centerline of road.

(b) Subgrade (top of embankment or bottom of excavation).

(c) Roadbed widths (shoulder to shoulder) at subgrade for both

embankment and excavation.

(d) Embankment slopes and excavation slopes (earth and rock).

(e) Required berms.

(f) Thickness and top of embankment riprap, if required.

(g) Dimensions and positions of roadbed ditches, and protective dikes

and ditches.

September 2007 101

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(h) Number of courses of surfacing, types of materials, thickness and

width of each course, and transverse slope from crown.

(i) Amount of superelevation (including changes in subgrade) and

widening for horizontal curves.

(j) Position of guardrails, guard posts, or delineators.

(3) For railroad, alignment and profile drawings (prepared in the current or
compatible CADD software, 24 inches by 36 inches in plot size, with
horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 200 feet and vertical scale of 1 inch
equals 20 feet) showing:

(a) Horizontal position of track centerline with complete curve and

spiral information, right-of-way lines, existing track for 1,000 feet
each way from points of connection, and any survey ties.

(b) Vertical position on track centerline of original ground line, new

subgrade (with complete information on grades, elevations, and
vertical curves), existing subgrade for 1,000 feet each way from
points of connection, and any survey ties or datum equations.

(c) Location, type, and nominal dimensions of all required structures

and operating facilities (bridges, culverts, ditches, passing tracks,
sidings, motorcar set-offs, etc.).

(d) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new line.

(e) Location of protective ditches and dikes.

(f) Location and type of right-of-way fencing and gates.

(4) For highway or road, alignment and profile drawings (prepared in current
or compatible CADD software, 24 inches by 36 inches in plot size with
horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet and vertical scale of 1 inch
equals 10 feet) showing:

(a) Horizontal position of road centerline with complete curve

information, right-of-way lines, existing road for 500 feet each
way from points of intersection, and any survey ties.

(b) Vertical position on road centerline of the original ground line,

new subgrade (with complete information on grades, elevations,
and vertical curves), existing road surface for 500 feet each way
from points of intersection, and any survey ties or datum equations.

102 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation

(c) Location, type, and nominal dimensions of all required structures

(bridges, culverts, etc.).

(d) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new road.

(e) Location of protective ditches and dikes.

(f) Location of guardrails, guard posts, or delineators.

(g) Location and type of right-of-way fences and gates.

(h) Location of any existing roadway lighting and/or requirements for

new roadway lighting.

(5) Structure details:

(a) Site topography for each structure (including tunnel portals) on a

scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet and a contour interval of 2 feet. For
major drainage structures, the topography should extend a
minimum of 500 feet upstream and downstream from the site.

(b) Recommended type, size, dimensions, and kind of construction

material (and alternatives).

(c) For drainage structures: shape, size, slope, and character of each
catchment area, probable rainfall intensity, and anticipated runoff
through each structure; location, distance, physical dimensions,
and characteristics of, any downstream streamflow, control; and
recommendations for wingwalls or headwalls.

(d) For bridges and overpasses; hydrologic stream data; clearances

(with permissible encroachments during construction) and
controlling elevations (existing water surface, top of rail, crown of
road, etc.).

(e) For tunnel: cross section showing inside clearance line, roadbed
section with ditches and gutters, dimensions of safety niches (and
motorcar set-offs for railroad); recommended type of lining, if
required; profile on centerline showing ground surface, elevation
and grade of subgrade, and geologic data.

(f) For railroad: standard designs and loadings for structures;

standards for rails, tie plates, angle bars, bolts, spikes, lock
washers, and rail anchors; specifications for ballast; standard
designs for turnouts, guardrails, derails, road crossings, motorcar

September 2007 103

Design Data Collection Guidelines

setoffs, roadway signs and fencing; and any design or construction

practices or procedures not in accord with Bureau practice.

(g) For highway or road: standard designs and loadings for structures;
standards and specifications for surfacing; standard designs for
cattle guards, guardrails or guard posts, roadway signs and culvert
markers, and fencing; and any design or construction practices or
procedures not in accord with Bureau practice.

(6) Estimated quantities for all construction schedule items which cannot
readily be determined in design office, i.e., earthwork (common and rock),
overhaul of roadway excavation with free-haul distance, riprap guardrail,
culverts, and right-of-way fencing and gates.

(7) For railroad: a summary of the current quality and standards of

construction of existing railroad for both track and structures with
photographs of typical features.

(8) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of kinds,

size, and density of growth. State recommended method of payment, i.e.,
lump-sum price for area with defined limits or unit price per acre for area
with limits subject to change during construction. Use separate payment
items for clearly defined areas differing in growth density and difficulty of
clearing operations. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or is such as
can be removed without special equipment or separate operations, the cost
of clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or prices
bid for other items of work.

H. Cost Data:

(1) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements. Include supporting data.

(2) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(3) Information on important construction work in progress or planned in the

vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors in the
area.

(4) Estimates of cost for relocating public utilities within the construction
area. Include supporting data.

(5) Estimates of cost for removal of buildings and other structures within the
construction area. Include a general description and recommended
disposal of the structures.

I. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be consistent

with the environmental commitments listed in the project's NEPA compliance

104 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
7. Access Roads and Railroad or Highway Relocation

document. Implementation of design features should be consistent with agreements

reached between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies, and other governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, a brief description of the environmental

resources that could be affected by the proposed development. The emphasis should be
on those areas within the range of alternatives open to the designers in developing a
railroad or highway relocation, an access road alignment, or a bridge structural design.
The following items should also be considered in preparing design data:

(1) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources along or adjacent to any potential alignment.

(2) The need for blending roadways and structures with the surroundings.

(3) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect roadway alignment or bridge
layout or conceptual design.

(4) Indicate the suitability and possibility of present or future use of land
adjacent to Reclamation facilities by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, housing, etc. Provide data on zoning
regulations and subdivision proposals.

(5) Furnish data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the proposed
railroad, highway, or access road alignment where fixed by law or local
ordinance, or where otherwise considered necessary or advisable;
measurements of existing daytime and nighttime ambient noise levels in
the area; and distances to the nearest residential units.

(6) Identify special environmental compliance requirements including water

quality standards such as suppression of nitrogen, adequate oxygen levels,
and temperature control and control of turbidity during construction;
preservation of existing growth adjacent to construction; obliteration of
temporary or abandoned roadways and restoration to original appearance;
dust abatement, etc. Give recommendations on steps to be taken to meet
these requirements.

(7) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(8) Background on the need for fish protection during construction at stream
crossings.

(9) Recommendations or commitments to maintain specific flow requirements

for biological and/or recreational resources.

September 2007 105

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(10) Comment on disposal of material from clearing operations. Consider

State and local burning regulations, burying or chipping of materials, and
maximum utilization of merchantable timber.

(11) Erosion and sediment control.

(12) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(13) Review of designs by other agencies.

(14) Railroad, highway, or access road clearing plan to consider fish and
wildlife requirements.

(15) Anticipated public use of Reclamation access roads.

(16) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat in/or adjacent to the
potential alignments.

106 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
8. Drains

8. Drains. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines contains
additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request, design
data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and submittal.

Specification design of drainage systems requires as a minimum the same type of basic
data as feasibility design. The data are brought up to date and in more detail to show
ground water conditions under irrigation and in addition includes data from any test
drains which may have been installed. At the specifications stage, project lands and farm
units are fixed, the irrigation distribution system has been completed, data from test
drains are probably available, and the specific drainage requirements for various areas
can be determined. The following paragraphs give a check list of drainage data required
for specifications design.

A. Basic Data. The design of open drains for the collection of surface and
subsurface water requires data primarily on surface conditions, i.e., topography;
flood runoff; soil erosion characteristics; outlet requirements for storm water and
waste water from irrigation and laterals; and county, State, Federal, and private
structure requirements. For subsurface drains to control ground water and
salinity, the primary data required are on soils and substrata. Design of
subsurface drains is based largely upon hydraulic conductivity of the various soil
strata above the uppermost slowly permeable barrier in the soil profile, the
position and thickness of these strata, landforms, surface infiltration rates,
contemplated land use and irrigation practices, precipitation records, topography,
and historic ground water conditions.

The amount and coverage of the drainage investigations will depend on the
knowledge, judgment, and experience of the drainage engineer. The reliability of
the drainage requirements will depend on obtaining sufficient and proper
information to be used for interpretation.

B. General Map. A general map showing project area with location of proposed
drains, nearby towns, road, railroads, and a key map locating the general map area
within the State.

C. Location Map. A location map usually at a scale of 1 inch equals 2,000 feet
showing location of the proposed drains and any existing drains, roads, railroads,
powerlines, and gravel sources. This map may be combined with the general map
for small areas.

D. Topographic Maps. Topographic maps, usually at a scale of 1 inch = 200 feet

with 1 or 2 feet contour intervals, for showing the final drainage layout and which
also show existing drains, roads, improvements, canals, reservoirs, railroads,
highways, wetlands, etc.

E. Land Classification Map. A land classification map showing land classes by

standard symbols and location of any special deep test holes.

September 2007 107

Design Data Collection Guidelines

F. Depth-to-Barrier Map. A depth-to-barrier map for areas where clays, shales,

sandstone, or other slowly permeable materials occur at depths which will
adversely affect drainage.

G. Profiles. Appropriate multiple profiles across typical areas showing ground

surface elevations, stratifications, permeabilities, and ground water levels.

H. Plan and Profile Drawings:

(1) General. These drawings are normally prepared so that both plan and
profile are shown on a scale of 1 inch equals 200 feet horizontally with
1 inch equals 10 feet vertically on profile. The plan should depict location
of drains, location and size of manholes, drain stationing and significant
topographic features. The profile should depict bottom grade, ground
surface, hydraulic properties, and sections is usually required. Plan and
profile drawings should show features such as contours, roads, borrow
pits, original ground surface and drain alignment and curve data. All
features and details should be shown in ink.

(2) Details to Be Shown Are:

(a) Stationing

(b) Structures (including conduit size for siphons, turnouts, and

culverts)

(c) Right-of-way and easement lines if established.

(d) North arrow and land survey lines.

(e) Original ground surface and bottom grade on profile.

(f) Hydraulic properties by reaches of proposed section.

(g) Buildings, fences and other obstructions.

I. Typical Sections. Typical sections showing proposed earthwork dimensions for

open and closed drains should be provided. For concrete lined drains, detail
views of the lining may be required for clarification.

J. Survey Control. Use of an existing coordinate system or to the township and

range system is acceptable, but tying to the State or national Plane Coordinate
system is recommended if practical.

K. General Description as it Affects Drainage Requirements and Covering:

(1) Regional geology and geomorphology, topography, and climate.

108 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
8. Drains

(2) Texture, structure, hydraulic conductivity, infiltration, chemical

characteristics, and stratification of soils, subsoils, and substrata.
Agronomic classification should be shown but the unified system is a
useful supplement if available.

(3) Chemical characteristics of ground water and irrigation water.

(4) Ground water conditions, including sources, position, any artesian

pressures, and gradients.

(5) Contemplated land use and irrigation practices.

(6) Natural surface drainage, flood history, and channel locations and
characteristics.

L. Hydrologic Data:

(1) Precipitation and runoff records.

(2) Area-discharge curve of 5-, 10-, and 25-year storms for use in design of
drains to remove surface water from irrigable lands.

(3) Permissible additional capacity of natural channels which will convey

drain water, based on consideration of probable frequency of flooding and
the resultant damages to crops and project works.

(4) Drain design capacity including water accretion from canal and lateral
losses, and surface waste and deep percolation losses from farm-water
application.

(5) Hydrographs showing typical ground water fluctuations in selected

observation wells.

(6) Stability of natural channels receiving drain flow.

M. Existing Systems. Comparative data from lands in the vicinity having similar
soils and drainage conditions and already under irrigation:

(1) Map of the existing drainage system.

(2) General discussions of soil and substrata characteristics and the depths,
capacities, and spacings of the drains.

(3) Detailed data on particular drains where the factors affecting drainage are
similar to those in the project area. The data will cover type of drain,
design, soil and substrata characteristics, ground water conditions,
construction and maintenance problems, discharge, land use, irrigation
practices, and area effectively drained for good crop production.

September 2007 109

Design Data Collection Guidelines

N. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Unusual conditions for excavation or construction.

(2) Availability of construction materials including gravel for filters.

(3) Permeabilities and gradations of gravel sources.

(4) Structure requirements of other agencies, corporations, and individuals.

(5) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(6) Identify impoundments, streams, and/or wetlands likely to be affected by

drain flows.

(7) Identify probably range of concentrations for various constituents such as

pesticides, selenium, etc.

O. Quantities. Estimated quantities for drain excavation, envelope material,

compacting embankment, borrow, overhaul (with free haul distance), pipe size
and length, manholes, guard fences, right-of-way fencing and gates, cattle guards,
etc. Also provide location of drainage discharge with a copy of discharge permit
including discharge requirements.

P. Data Sheets. Data sheets and centerline borings for structures and drains which
cannot be obtained until after the definite drainage layout is established. Detailed
data sheets will be needed for such structures as:

(1) Highway, canal, and railroad crossings.

(2) Manholes, outlet structures, and pipe end details.

Q. Environmental Considerations. During the investigation studies, the

environmental impacts of the drainage system on other features, such as
municipal, industrial, recreational, water quality, water quality standards, fish and
wildlife, and aesthetic requirements should be considered. Close cooperation on
environmental matters should be established and maintained between drainage
personnel and personnel working in other technical disciplines. Liaison should
also be established with the environmental groups in the area.

110 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
9. Wells

9. Wells. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines contains
additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request, design
data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and submittal.

The design of wells for water supply, drainage, and other similar purposes requires
extensive subsurface and other data. Because of the nature of the environment of ground
water, maximum reliance for correct interpretation and use of the data must be based on
the competence, experience, and judgment of the ground water engineer or geologist.

The following is a minimum checklist of data necessary for specification design and cost
estimates for wells and well fields.

A. Maps.

(1) A general location map showing locations of the well site(s) and
communities, transportation facilities, and other cultural features.

(2) A construction site map showing locations of the well(s), rights-of-way,

access roads, and sources of power and water for construction purposes.

(3) A geologic map showing surface geology, topography, subsurface data

points such as existing wells and other similar data.

B. General Conditions.

(1) Location, ownership of, and accessibility to the site.

(2) Location and included area if a well field.

(3) Stratigraphic and structural conditions including general types and

sequences of materials.

(4) Drilling conditions - ease of drilling, stability, etc.

(5) Standards, permitting requirements, etc.

(6) Other wells in the immediate area (oil, gas, etc.).

(7) Location and type of power sources, utility easements, buried cables,
pipelines, etc.

C. Climatic and Hydrologic Conditions. Materials showing climatic and

hydrologic conditions including weather and stream storage or reservoir storage
conditions, where applicable.

September 2007 111

Design Data Collection Guidelines

D. Subsurface Conditions.

(1) Logs, geologic sections, and other material showing stratigraphic and
lithologic conditions including rock or soil types, sequence, attitude of
beds, and other available geologic data.

(2) Samples and/or cores of subsurface materials or photographs of such.

(3) Logs, hydrographs, hydrogeologic sections, and other material showing

ground-water conditions including mode of occurrence, depth to and
elevation of the water table or piezometric surface, seasonal and other
fluctuations of water levels, flowing conditions, and chemical quality of
the ground water.

(4) Logs, hydrogeologic sections, and other material showing aquifer

conditions including depth and thickness, types of materials, and factual
results of pumping tests.

(5) Descriptions of drilling conditions including anticipated casing

requirements to permit drilling, and limitations on drilling equipment and
methods.

E. Aquifer Conditions.

(1) Depth.

(2) Thickness.

(3) Type and stability of material.

(4) Size and range if material is granular.

(5) Transmissivity and storativity.

(6) Water budget.

(7) Aquifer storage capacity and amount of water storage.

(8) Depth and thickness of confining unit(s).

(9) Contour maps (bedrock surface, top of aquifer(s), etc.).

(10) Natural recharge and discharge locations and amounts.

(11) Sustained yield potential.

112 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
9. Wells

F. Ground-Water Conditions.

(1) Static water level.

(2) Water level trends.

(3) Known locations and types of potential or existing pollution source(s) –

either natural or anthropogenic.

(4) Locations, amounts, and usage of existing and planned future withdrawals.

(5) Radius of influence and drawdown map.

(6) Quality of water to include the concentration of major ions and all
parameters having primary and secondary maximum contaminant levels as
defined by the Safe Drinking Water Act.

G. Well Conditions.

(1) Design yield.

The foregoing factors must be considered in light of ground-water reservoir

conditions - areal distribution, recharge, yield, and pumping conditions, including
pump costs, power availability and cost, etc.

H. Sections and Details. Sections and details of a typical well showing relationship
of the general components and details, where applicable.

I. Well Dimensions. Tabular material showing total depths, casing and screen
lengths, and other known or estimated dimensions of the well.

J. Pumping Test Requirements. Material outlining pumping test requirements

including design yield and expected drawdown, pump capacity setting, and head
requirements, well development requirements, flow measurement requirements,
test duration, and disposal of water.

K. Environmental Factors. Material outlining environmental factors including:

(1) Location, size and type of wetlands that could be influenced by the
drawdown core or by discharge from the well.

(2) Aesthetic requirements, should be considered in the benefit-cost studies

and design of the pumphouse and related powerlines and discharge pipe.

September 2007 113

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Impact of drilling and testing operations

(4) State standards

(5) Presence of completed facility

(6) Permitting requirements

L. Safety Factors. Material outlining safety factors including presence of high

subsurface pressures or toxic gases.

M. Report. The foregoing data should be included in a report together with a brief,
descriptive summary of the geology of the area, existing ground-water conditions
and ground-water development to date.

N. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The design
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the facility. After designs of the facility have progressed
enough to develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list
of additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.
(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is lost.
(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(5) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(6) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(7) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

114 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
10. Switchyards and Substations

10. Switchyards and Substations. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data
collection guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data
collection request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data
collection and submittal.

A. General Map showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) The structure site or sites.

(3) County and township lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads and shipping points, public
utilities such as electric power and telephone lines, pipelines, etc.

(5) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads, a sites for
contractor's staging areas and construction facilities.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and disposal
areas for waste excavation.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building areas, and areas of
archeological, historical and mining, or paleontological interest. The
locations of these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the
agency most concerned; for example, Reclamation, NPS, or FWS.

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing roads and
structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to accommodate
construction hauling; estimate of length and major structures required for
new construction access road; and possible alternative means for
delivering construction materials and equipment at the structure site.

(2) Local freight or trucking rates.

(3) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; and electric power for construction.

(4) Climatic conditions that will affect design, construction, and operation and
maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; summer and winter temperatures, with

September 2007 115

Design Data Collection Guidelines

extremes; extreme wind velocities and prevailing directions; floods; and

probability of excessive dust or sand.

C. Surface Data:

(1) A topographic map:

(a) Covering an area that will accommodate all expected arrangements

of facilities, and rights-of-way, and extending sufficiently to allow
for control and disposal of drainage at the site and to indicate the
general drainage of the vicinity.

(b) Normally at a scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet.

(c) Giving elevation above sea level and having a contour interval
between 1 and 5 feet.

(d) Giving dimensions and bearings of the property lines, and a

dimensional tie to a known section corner.

(e) Showing the suggested location of all facilities.

(f) Showing the direction and relative order of all transmission lines
and other existing facilities within the area.

(2) Color photographs:

(a) Taken from a high oblique angle, showing the area covered by the
topographic map. (Aerial photographs if practicable.)

(b) Closeups showing any features which may affect design;

photographs of existing facilities, especially in the vicinity of
additions; and any facilities or structures which are to be revised.

(3) Vegetation to be cleared:

(a) Include kinds, sizes, and density of growth of trees and brush.

(b) Include depth of stripping required to remove organic matter or

objectionable material.

(4) Seeding or replanting requirements for erosion control or aesthetics.

D. Foundation Data: The following data should reflect a recognition of the

requirements for switchyard and substation structures and foundations. Maximum
loaded structures are the towers which support and anchor electrical conductors
and buses, and overhead ground wires. Foundations are required to resist uplift,
horizontal, and compression loads with very little movement. Foundations will

116 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
10. Switchyards and Substations

normally be less than 10 feet deep and seldom greater than 20 feet deep. The sites
are normally leveled by balancing the cut and embankment. The TSC geologic
and geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the
gathering of these design data.

(1) Geologic Data:

(a) A description of site geology including physical quality and

geologic structure of the foundation strata, seasonal ground water,
and seismic conditions, existing and potential landslide, snowslide,
and rockfall areas, expansive clays, possibility of frost heave, and
engineering geologic evaluations appropriate to the engineering
structures involved. Non-Bureau geologic investigations and
reports should be referenced.

(b) Geologic logs of all subsurface exploration. The coordinate

location and ground surface elevation of all existing exploratory
holes should, if necessary, be corrected to conform with the
permanent survey control system; and all subsequent exploratory
hole locations and elevations should be based on the same survey
control system.

(c) A geologic map, plotted on the topographic map of the site,

showing surface geology and the location of geologic sections, soil
profiles, and all subsurface exploration.

(d) Geologic sections, with detailed soil profiles as required, showing

known subsurface conditions.

(e) Views of pertinent geologic and topographic features should be

included in the color photographs required by paragraph C (2)
above.

(f) Samples of foundation strata as needed for visual examination or

laboratory testing.

(2) Engineering Data:

(a) Soils (see Earth Manual, latest edition).

• Foundation exploration should include penetration resistance

tests in accordance with Field Penetration Test With Split-Tube
Sampler, Designation E-21, Earth Manual, latest edition, in
materials in which the test is applicable. Relative density tests
should be made in soils in which the Field Penetration Test is
not applicable. In-place density and plasticity tests (liquid limit
and plastic index) would be applicable in suspected expansive

September 2007 117

Design Data Collection Guidelines

soils. All holes should be carried to 20 feet below the

estimated final yard grade. Where penetration resistances are
less than 15 blows per foot at the 20-foot depth, holes should
be 60-foot-minimum depth or at least 5 feet into material
having a penetration resistance of 30 or more blows per foot,
whichever occurs first.

• Test holes, advanced by augering and without penetration

testing, or test pits may be used as required to supplement any
of the above exploration, to verify similarity of materials, and
to determine depth to bedrock. Bedrock may be encountered at
or near the ground surface that cannot be penetrated by
penetration testing. In such cases, report whether the bedrock
can definitely be expected to extend at least 20 feet below the
ground surface. If it is believed that bedrock does not extend
20 feet deep, test holes must be advanced to a depth of at least
20 feet below the ground surface.

• A description of the undisturbed State of the soil in each major

strata. Comment on the capability of the material to stand in
sides of the hole if augered and undercut for an auger
foundation.

• A delineation of the lateral extent and thickness of critical,

competent, poor, or potentially unstable strata in foundations
and excavation slopes, especially those to be permanently
exposed.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of material, such as density, plasticity,
shear strength, and consolidation or expansion characteristics;
and the effect of changes in Moisture on these properties.

• Describe conditions which may affect construction methods

such as boulders on the ground surface, drilling conditions,
stability of test holes, and marshy or subsiding ground.

• A determination by tests of the corrosive properties and sulfate

content of earth materials and ground water as affecting the
choice of cement.

(b) Bedrock (see Earth Manual, latest edition).

• If sufficient data exists, a contour map on top of bedrock if

encountered in explorations. A description of thickness of

118 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
10. Switchyards and Substations

weathered, altered, fractured, or otherwise softened zones, and

other structural weaknesses and discontinuities.

• A delineation of structurally weak and potentially unstable

zones and strata of soft material in foundations and excavation
slopes, especially those to be permanently exposed.

E. Corrosion Survey.

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Data including:

(1) Location of and distance to suitable borrow areas for soil materials for fill
or embankment. If quantities are limited, give approximate volumes
available.

(2) An earth materials report containing information on those potential

sources of soils that have been selected for final consideration. (See Earth
Manual latest edition.)

(3) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distance from
the structure site.

(4) Results of sampling and analysis of potential concrete aggregate and other
materials, including previous tests conducted at the TSC.

G. Data at Existing Facilities:

(1) Report any measurable or indicated movement of foundations.

September 2007 119

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(2) Comment on the suitability and present conditions of yard surfacing.

(3) Report any erosion or drainage problems within or adjacent to the

substation which should be corrected.

(4) Report any problems encountered during previous construction or during

operations and maintenance.

H. Electrical Data:

(1) Switching diagrams showing suggested circuits including all major

equipment proposed such as transformers, circuit breakers, and regulators.
Where equipment is to be purchased and installed by the Reclamation for
the use and benefit of an interconnecting system, with the Reclamation
being reimbursed for such installation, comments pertinent to such
arrangements should be included as part of the design data.

(2) Capacity of all transformers in kilovoltamperes.

(3) Data for all circuits:

(a) Nominal voltage and destination.

(b) Loadings in kilovolt-amperes or kilowatts and power factor.

(c) Data to determine the type of metering required for each foreign
line. (Indicating watt-hour demand meters will be provided unless
otherwise specified.)

(d) Size of conductor for existing or foreign line.

(e) Phasing of existing and foreign lines at station.

(f) Minimum voltage during heavy load and maximum voltage during
light load for both normal and emergency conditions.

(g) Names and telephone numbers of owners for each foreign line and
contacts within their organizations.

(h) Connection agreements with utility transmission operators.

(4) Single-line diagram of foreign primary systems which will connect to

Reclamation station. This information is required for relay studies and
should include the following:

(a) Location of primary system circuit breakers and relays as

contemplated for initial operation. Future changes should be
indicated where possible.

120 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
10. Switchyards and Substations

(b) Type of primary system relays (distance, overcurrent, etc.) and the
relay operating characteristics. The actual relay settings will be
required to make coordinating settings of Reclamation relays, but
these data need not be provided initially if it will delay receipt of
other information. Relay coordination problems, such as slow
relaying on primary system, should be presented.

(c) Primary system operating conditions which may affect

Reclamation relaying or control.

(d) Reclosing time if automatic reclosing breakers will be used on the

primary systems.

(e) Length and characteristics of primary lines and whether they are
three-wire or four-wire circuits.

(f) Location, connections, and rating of transformers and synchronous

machines which connect to the primary systems. The locations
and type of neutral grounding should be included.

(5) Proposed method of operating station, whether attended, unattended, or

supervisory controlled.

(6) Heights and locations of existing buildings, transmission lines, and other
obstructions which are not associated with the station but are in or near the
station site and will present clearance problems.

(7) Type and extent of communication facilities desired.

(8) Capacity charge, energy charge, interest rate, and plant factor to be used in
evaluation of transformer losses.

(9) Requirements for lighting for night operation or security purposes.

I. Building Facilities:

(1) Service building and maintenance building.

(a) Space requirements for equipment, office, work area, vehicles, and
storage.

(b) Minimum door opening sizes.

(c) Water supply and toilet facility requirements.

(d) Air conditioning, heating, and ventilating requirements.

September 2007 121

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(e) If an existing building is to be replaced, comment on disposition of

existing buildings and work to be accomplished by the project.

J. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum,

a brief description of the environmental commitments listed in the
NEPA compliance document that could be affected by the proposed development.
The emphasis should be on those areas in the range of alternatives open to the
designers in developing a structural design. The following items should also be
considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources within the project area.

(3) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, restoring borrow
areas, and reseeding spoil banks.

(4) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(5) Review of designs by other agencies.

(6) Anticipated public use around the structure.

(7) Indicate the suitability and possibility of developing Government land

adjacent to our facilities for use by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, etc.

(8) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect layout or conceptual design.

(9) Refer to the specific requirements of the Environmental Criteria for

Electric Transmission Systems by the Departments of the Interior and
Agriculture.

K. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

122 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
11. Transmission Lines

11. Transmission Lines. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection
guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection
request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection
and submittal.

A. Location Map. A location map showing proposed routes for the transmission
line and showing terminal and intermediate substation locations.

B. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Estimated average and peakloads to be transmitted over the transmission

line, annual load factor, and power factor.

(2) Operating voltage of the line.

(3) Date that delivery of power is required.

(4) Delivery points for materials, and proportion of total material required at
each point.

(5) Key map, plan and profile sheets, and special crossing drawings for the
transmission line prepared in accordance with the manual of instructions
for transmission line surveys.

(6) Average value of energy, in mills per kilowatt-hour, for transmission line
losses.

(7) Information regarding minimum temperatures, maximum wind velocities,

and icing conditions in the vicinity of the transmission line, and an
expression of opinion as to whether design of the line for Standard
National Electrical Safety Code loading for the area will be satisfactory.
(In the State of California, loadings in accordance with General Order
No. 95 of the California Public Utilities Commission will be used.

(8) Information regarding facilities to be relocated.

(9) Colored photographs. Aerial or high-angle colored photographs along the

alignment showing river, highway, railroad and canal crossings,
approaches at each end of the line, and any unusual or problem
topographic features.

C. Foundation Data: The following data should reflect a recognition of the

requirements for transmission line towers and foundations. The towers support
and anchor electrical conductors and overhead ground wires in a variety of
configurations. The towers also must withstand the wide variety of climatic
conditions such as wind, snow, and ice. Foundations are required to resist uplift,
horizontal, and compression loads with very little movement. Foundations for

September 2007 123

Design Data Collection Guidelines

tangent structures in good material will normally vary in depth between 6 feet and
12 feet deep, however foundations for angle and dead-end structures in poorer
materials may be considerably deeper. The TSC geologic and geophysical staff
will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering of these design
data.

(1) Geologic Data:

(a) A brief description of surficial material and bedrock that may be

encountered in and immediately below footing excavations.

(b) Presence of existing or potential conditions such as snowslide,

landslide, heavy rockfall, swampy, high shrink-swell clayey,
permafrost or subsidence areas.

(c) Geologic logs of all subsurface exploration. The coordinate

location and ground surface elevation of all existing exploratory
holes should, if necessary be corrected to conform with the
permanent survey control system; and all subsequent exploratory
hole locations and elevations should be based on the same survey
control system.

(d) A surface geology map, or series of maps, with the route marked
thereon (supplemented by annotated colored aerial photos). Inserts
at a larger scale must be shown when localized, complex
geological conditions exist which may affect tower locations.
Reaches of reasonably uniform and typical foundation conditions
along the route should be indicated, based on surface inspection,
foundation exploration, and general knowledge of the geology of
the area. Non-Reclamation geologic investigations and reports
should be referenced.

(e) Samples of foundation materials as needed for visual examination

or laboratory testing.

(2) Engineering Data:

(a) Soils (see Earth Manual, latest edition):

• Foundation exploration should include penetration resistance

tests in accordance with Field Penetration Test with Split-Tube
Sampler, Designation E-21, Earth Manual, latest edition, in
materials in which the test is applicable. Relative density tests
should be made in soils in which the Field Penetration Test is
not applicable. In-place density and plasticity tests (liquid limit
and plastic index) would be applicable in suspected expansive
soils. Note on all logs whether or not caving of the hole has

124 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
11. Transmission Lines

occurred. All holes should be carried to 25-foot depths.

Where penetration resistances are less than 15 blows per foot at
the 25-foot depth, holes should be advanced to 60-foot
minimum depth or at least 5 feet into material having a
penetration resistance of 30 or more blows per foot, whichever
occurs first.

Test holes, advanced by augering and without penetration

testing, or test pits may be used as required to supplement any
of the above exploration, to verify similarity of materials, and
to determine depths to bedrock.

Bedrock may be encountered at or near the ground surface that

cannot be penetrated by penetration testing. In such cases,
report whether the bedrock can definitely be expected to extend
at least 20 feet below the ground surface. If it is believed that
bedrock does not extend 20 feet deep, test holes must be
advanced to a depth of at least 20 feet below the ground
surface.

At least two test holes should be drilled in each of the uniform

reaches marked on the surface geology map. Wherever
possible these holes should be spotted at known angle points
and at or near long span crossing tower sites. Additional holes
should be drilled as are necessary for reasonable confirmation
of the subsurface conditions and their boundaries, and for
additional information on any special problem areas.

A test hole and penetration resistance tests are also required at

each tower site for strain-type towers; sites on both sides of
railroad or highway crossings; and at special structure sites
(i.e., towers for other exceptional conditions).

• A description of the undisturbed state of materials encountered,

and whether the material will stand in sides of the hole if
augered and undercut for an auger footing.

• An estimate of the possible types of footings, for use at strain

type, angle, and long span crossing towers.

• Comments on the general adequacy of surface drainage and/or

possibility of dangerous erosion. These comments should take
into account loss of existing sod cover due to construction
activity, need and possibility of reseeding, or need and
availability of material for gravel blanket or riprap protection.

September 2007 125

Design Data Collection Guidelines

• An indication of locations where pile-type footings may be

required.

• Comments on probable depth, extent, and seasonal variation of

depth of water table.

• Maximum flood levels of rivers or lakes and associated ice or

debris-carrying or ice-shove possibilities. Any other unusual
conditions that might indicate special foundation problems.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of materials, such as density, plasticity,
shear strength, and consolidation or expansion characteristics;
and the effect of changes in moisture on these properties.

(b) Bedrock (see Earth Manual, latest edition):

• Determine the suitability of bedrock encountered for holding

grouted anchor bars. (For satisfactory rocktype footings, the
formation can be considerably shattered or jointed, both
horizontally and vertically, as the action of the anchor bars is to
“stitch together” a sufficient volume to provide safety against
uplift.)

If after nominal cleanoff of soft, weathered (severely

weakened) bedrock, the material will provide a reasonably firm
key for the concrete, the resulting installation is acceptable.

E. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

126 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
11. Transmission Lines

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Data.

(1) If embankments are required, the location of and distance to suitable

borrow areas for soil materials.

(2) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distance from
the transmission line.

(3) Results of sampling and analysis of concrete aggregate and other

materials, including previous tests conducted at the TSC.

G. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum, a

brief description of the environmental commitments listed in the
NEPA compliance document and the environmental resources affected by the
proposed development. The emphasis should be on those areas in the range of
alternatives open to the designers in developing a structural design. The
following items should also be considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the dam and the reservoir basin.

(3) The need for blending structure with the surroundings, restoring borrow
areas, and reseeding spoil banks.

(4) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(5) Review of designs by other agencies.

(6) Anticipated public use around the structures.

(7) Indicate the suitability and possibility of developing Government land

adjacent to our facilities for use by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, etc.

(8) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, bird migration corridors, or other

environmental aspects peculiar to this location which would affect layout
or conceptual design.

(9) Refer to the specific requirements of the Environmental Criteria for

Electric Transmission Systems by the Departments of the Interior and
Agriculture.

September 2007 127

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(10) Special environmental considerations for transmission lines or

underground transmission systems. Emphasis should be on areas of raptor
protection, threatened/endangered species habitat, high scenic or historical
value, heavy public use, bird migration corridors, or fragile ecological
areas.

H. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

128 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and O&M Facilities

12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and Operation and Maintenance
Facilities. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal. (Use specifications design data for both feasibility and specifications.)

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) The development site or sites.

(3) County, township, range, and section lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads, and public utilities.

(5) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads, sites for
contractor's staging areas, and construction facilities.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and disposal
areas for waste excavation.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the development such as:
recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building areas, and areas of
archeological, historical, and mining or paleontological interest. The
locations of these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the
agency most concerned; for example, Reclamation, NPS, or FWS.

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing roads and
structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to accommodate
construction hauling; estimate of length and major structures required for
new construction access road; and possible alternative means for
delivering construction materials and equipment at the building site.

(2) Local freight or trucking rates.

(3) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply, sewage disposal, and electric power for construction.

(4) Climatic conditions that will affect design, construction, and operation and
maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; summer and winter temperatures, with

September 2007 129

Design Data Collection Guidelines

extremes; extreme wind velocities and prevailing directions; floods; and

probability of excessive dust or sand.

(5) Copy of county or city development Master Plan, if available, along with
codes and regulations for development of land.

(6) Design code. Unless otherwise stated, the architectural and engineering
design shall be in accordance with the latest adopted version of the
International Building Code (IBC), as developed by the International Code
Council (ICC).

C. Surface Data:

(1) Topographic Map:

(a) Covering an area that will accommodate all expected arrangements

of buildings and facilities, and rights-of-way, and extending
sufficiently to allow for control and disposal of drainage at the site
and to indicate the general drainage of the vicinity.

(b) Normally at a scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet.

(c) Giving elevation above sea level and having a contour interval of
1 foot, depending on the degree of slope.

(d) Giving dimensions and bearings of the property lines, and a

dimensional tie to a known section corner.

(e) Showing the suggested location and size of all proposed utilities
and facilities.

(f) Showing the location and size of all existing utilities and other
existing facilities within the area.

(2) Color Photographs:

(a) Taken from a high oblique angle, showing the area covered by the
topographic map. (Aerial photographs if practicable.)

(b) Closeups showing any features which may affect design;

photographs of existing facilities, especially in the vicinity of
additions; and any facilities or structures which are to be revised.

(3) Vegetation to Be Cleared:

(a) Include kinds, sizes, and density of growth of trees and brush.

130 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and O&M Facilities

(b) Include depth of stripping required to remove organic matter or

objectionable material.

(4) Seeding or Replanting Requirements. Seeding or replanting

requirements for erosion control and aesthetics.

D. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The amount and detail of

foundation data required will vary with the site and with the type of
construction. The guiding criteria should be to provide sufficient data to
allow the designer to determine the type of foundation required for each
building or facility and to identify major foundation problems. Adequate
foundation data may be obtained for small structures from an inspection of
surface conditions and one or two exploratory holes to determine founda­
tion conditions some distance below the footings of the structure.
Maximum use should be made of existing data. For larger structures
and/or for more complex geological areas a field conference should be
held to determine the geologic investigations program required.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for this type of facility. The geologist should apply these guidelines with
good judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating upon them as required by
the particular geologic setting and engineering requirements. Because the
collection of geologic data is dynamic process and often continues into the
preparation of final designs, all stages of the specifications design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with the
designer through the appropriate geology office. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the
gathering of these design data.

(a) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(b) Surface geologic map showing location of explorations. Locations

of all existing explorations should be indicated by coordinates or
stationing of the permanent survey control system for the facility.

(c) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention

being paid to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling
minerals, presence of gypsum and other sulfates, caliche,
erodibility (see Earth Manual).

(d) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid

to engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals,

September 2007 131

Design Data Collection Guidelines

presence of gypsum and other sulfates; and to depth, weathering,

joints, faults, and other planes of weakness.

(e) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular

geologic conditions.

(f) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock.

(g) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic,

resistivity, etc.).

(h) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, water producing capabilities,
chemistry, and subsidence.

(i) Logs of explorations. An effort should be made to run appropriate

borehole geophysical logs in all drill holes.

(j) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions.

(k) If a building is in a high seismic risk zone and near an active fault,
determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be
late Pleistocene or Holocene, to assist in the determination of the
seismic loading by specialists in the TSC

(l) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and
mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(m) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling
conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground
temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems
should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

(n) A determination by tests of the corrosive properties and sulfate

content of geologic materials and ground water as affecting the
choice of cement.

E. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

132 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and O&M Facilities

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Inventory of available impervious and pervious embankment materials and

rock for riprap and rockfill. Location of and distance to borrow areas and
approximate quantities available.

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See Concrete Manual.)

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider required excavation material as a possible source.

(4) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distances

from the structure site.

(5) References to results of sampling and analysis of materials including

previous tests and photographs of sources.

(6) Report alkali conditions in soil and water which might affect the choice of
sulfate resisting cement.

(7) Statement of availability of timber for structural work and lumber for
other purposes.

(8) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction materials.

(9) Requirements concerning permanent stockpiles and suggested permanent

stockpile locations.

(10) Information including catalogues on firms, within practical hauling

distance from the site, manufacturing precast concrete products and brick
or other masonry units.

September 2007 133

Design Data Collection Guidelines

G. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include as a minimum a

brief description of the setting and the resources that would be affected by the
proposed development.

(1) The environmental setting.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources within the project area.

(3) The need for blending the development with the surroundings.

(4) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(5) Review of designs by other agencies.

(6) Anticipated public use around the development.

(7) Indicate the suitability and possibility of developing Government land

adjacent to our development for use by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, etc.

(8) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect layout or conceptual design.

(9) Landscaping and other special environmental requirements.

(10) A brief listing of the area's native and/or commonly used plant materials.

H. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) For housing:

(a) Type of natural growth on land.

(b) Number and occupancy of permanent houses.

(c) Number and occupancy of temporary houses.

(d) Expected length of service for housing area.

(e) Type of fuel to be used for heating, air-conditioning, cooking, and

water heating.

(2) Type and size of office building, dormitory, laboratory, garage, fire
station, warehouse, or other buildings.

(3) For domestic water supply system:

134 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and O&M Facilities

(a) Location of sources and amount of water available. If from river,

give high water and low water elevations, also ice conditions
during winter. If from ground water, give location of several wells
within 2 miles of proposed site with data on depth of well, water
levels, yield, logs if available, and chemical analyses of water. If
from municipal system provide as-built of connection point and a
detailed description of connection requirements.

(b) If source of potable water is from ground water or surface water

submit water quality data to include major ions, and cations,
corrosivity, and all contaminants listed as maximum contaminate
levels in the Safe Drinking Water Act, based on this data the type
and degree of treatment will be determined.

(c) Depth of water pipes to prevent freezing.

(d) Recommended type of material for pipelines.

(e) Type of foundation for water tank.

(f) Profile of ground for proposed water-supply line with type of

material and percent of rock excavation expected in trench.

(4) For sewage disposal system:

(a) Reference to local and State codes or guidelines for treatment and
disposal of sewage.

(b) Results of soil absorption test made at absorption trench. In order to

determine the suitability of any area for subsoil effluent disposal, test
holes approximately 1 foot square should be dug to the proposed
depth of the tile or absorption trench at several points and then filled
with water to a depth of about 1 foot. After this water has seeped
away and while the bottom of the hole is still wet, it should be filled
with water to a depth of 6 inches, and the average time required for
the water level to drop 1 inch should be noted.

(c) Feasibility of placing the sewage treatment plant at such an

elevation that excess sludge can be removed by gravity.

(d) Furnish a copy of required plumbing code if other than Uniform

Plumbing Code (note deviations).

(e) Direction of prevailing winds.

September 2007 135

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(f) If sewage discharge is to a community sewer, provide the location

and as built information on the connection point along with a
detailed description concerning the connection requirements.

(5) Types of surfacing for walks and streets in temporary and permanent
areas.

(6) Separate preliminary cost estimate for the following: water and sewage
systems, electrical distribution system, streets and sidewalks, and each
type of building or house required.

(7) Fire protection plan for the community, including information on available
fire protection services.

I. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. The data
furnished should be sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design
(single-line diagram) for the visitors’ center. After designs have progressed
enough to develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list
of additional data required to complete final design of electrical installation.

(1) Names and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) Source and description of power for the facility. If a transmission line is
to be built by Reclamation, the information listed under “Transmission
Lines” of this chapter should be furnished.

(4) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(5) Number of buildings to be served, segregating residences and other types,

with anticipated load and recommended supply voltage for each type.

(6) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.
(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is lost.
(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(7) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility, such as

fire protection or security systems. Discuss location of remote station, and
items required to be monitored.

136 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
12. General Purpose Buildings, Office Buildings, and O&M Facilities

(8) Use of electric ranges, electric water heaters, and/or electric heating in
residences.

(9) Desire for a series-type street lighting system.

(10) Other requirements for power, such as water pumps, warehouse cranes,
machine shops, etc.

(11) Fire protection plan for the community, including information on available
fire protection services.

J. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

September 2007 137

Design Data Collection Guidelines

13. Recreational Facilities. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection
guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection
request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection
and submittal.

This paragraph lists data required for design of recreation facilities. Small scale site
development, such as a single campground loop, would need much of the data listed
below but only for the area encompassing and immediately surrounding the project site.

A. General Map(s) Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area.

(2) The general project area and the area immediately surrounding the project
within 2 or 3 miles.

(3) Any other recreation areas in the general vicinity and facilities available
there.

(4) Restrictions to land uses, such as easements and rights-of-way.

(5) Land ownership boundaries and legal jurisdictions. Indicate ownership by

agency acronym or private land with “private.”

(6) Land uses in general terms, with private land labeled “private.”

(7) Name of agency that manages Reclamation land.

(8) Locations for borrow areas, storage of construction materials, and sites for
stockpiling of topsoil.

(9) Limits of construction or physical boundaries of the proposed site

development.

B. Topographic Map Showing:

(1) Topography covering an area large enough to include all potential site
development. The extent of the topography should include the access road
and the probable site entrance area. Contours should be at 2-foot intervals
or 1 foot intervals if the site is very flat. The data should be in the form of
an electronic drawing file which can be used to create a base map. All
points contained in the drawing file should have z axis values that
correspond to onsite elevation.

(2) Underwater contours with the elevation referenced to upland elevation, if

needed for marina design.

138 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
13. Recreational Facilities

(3) Surface drainage features such as streams and ravines and any existing
bridges or culverts.

(4) Existing built site features, such as roads, parking, turnarounds, buildings,
structures, power lines, buried utility lines and tanks, campgrounds, leach
fields, picnic areas, and marinas.

C. Survey Data:

(1) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control should
be established at the earliest possible time. A coordinate system on a true
north-south grid should be established with the origin located so that all of
the features (including borrow areas) will be in one quadrant, and so that
the values of the coordinates for any major development are widely
separated numerically. The coordinate system should be related to a state
or national coordinate system, if available. All preceding survey work
should be corrected to agree with the permanent control system; and all
subsequent survey work should be based on the permanent control. All
surveys should be tied to the established coordinate system at each
construction site.

(2) Updated Conditions. A survey of information needed specifically for

small scale design. A new survey may be required which shows site
conditions which have changed since the last survey was made. The
survey should show contours at a 1 foot interval, with critical spot
elevations at edges and corners of existing structures, elevations along
drop-offs, swales, and changes in the topography, pipe inverts, locations of
drains, guardrails, edges of pavement, trees or other vegetation to save,
and any site features that impact small scale design or construction.

D. Narrative and Photographic Description of Site:

(1) Narrative Description of the Project Area. This should be a brief

description of the surrounding area, the nearest population center, its size,
and the nature of the surrounding context. A description of existing
recreation facilities, capacity, level and season of use, condition of
structures and roads.

(2) Color Photographs of the Site. All photos should be keyed to the site
topographic map. Photos should show problem or hazardous areas,
location of proposed facilities, location of possible access points to the site
from existing routes, and close ups of existing features such as buildings
or structures. These photos should also show favorable offsite views
which should be preserved and considered when siting buildings. Photos
should also be taken of unfavorable onsite features which should be
screened from view or otherwise considered when siting facilities. Photos
should show the condition of existing roads and buildings, if possible.

September 2007 139

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Aerial Photos. Color if possible, 8- by 10-inch size, at a scale which

allows discerning the nature of the vegetation. The photographs should be
taken between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. to avoid showing the site in shadow.
Key the photos to the topographic map.

E. Site Aesthetics Information: This information is obtained from a site analysis,

and should include:

(1) Favorable views to incorporate.

(2) Objectionable views to be screened, if possible.

(3) Significant sight lines onto the site from offsite. This would be important
if there were a need to locate the development where it would not be seen
from certain vantage points offsite.

(4) Major site features of interest to be developed into the design as focal
points.

(5) Loud or objectionable sounds which need to be physically blocked, if

possible.

(6) The need for blending buildings and structures with the surroundings.

F. Biological Data:

(1) Vegetation. Narrative description of site vegetation, particularly density

and distribution. List of dominate species present: grasses, forbs, shrubs,
and trees to be used in the site revegetation plan. List of threatened,
endangered, and sensitive species in the immediate area of development.
Map of dominate plant associations and threatened and endangered
species.

(2) Wildlife. List of threatened and endangered species that have migration
routes, critical habitat, or outstanding habitat in the immediate area. Map
of any species’ migration patterns, critical habitat, and outstanding habitat
that occurs on or adjacent to the project site. List of animals which may
pose a danger to users or which may require special accommodations in
site design, for example bears or moose.

(3) Wetlands. Map of the outline of the wetland showing seasonal

fluctuation of the water surface level and a narrative description of the
plant associations within the wetland.

140 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
13. Recreational Facilities

G. Geologic and Soils Data:

(1) Depth to bedrock, ground water, and frost line for siting underground
utility lines, buried tanks, and foundations.

(2) Location of underground water and springs which may impact location or
construction of facilities such as campgrounds and roads.

(3) Evidence of seasonal or occasional event of flooding over the banks of

local streams and notations or map showing where the water goes.

(4) Soil survey and map of soil texture for determining susceptibility of soils
to erosion, and suitability of soils for building foundations, roads, trails,
and leach fields.

(5) Areas of existing erosion, subsidence, or high soil moisture, which should
be avoided.

(6) Seismic stability in areas prone to earthquakes.

(7) Evaluation of potential landslide, snowslide, and rockfall areas.

(8) Availability of potential fill materials on site and nearby, and a description
of the type of materials.

H. Flood Plain Data: Map of 5-, 10-, 25-, and 100-year flood plain levels.
Buildings and campgrounds within frequently flooding areas should be avoided.

I. Weather Data: Direction, intensity, seasonality, and daily fluctuations of wind.

Probability of excessive blowing dust or sand. Seasonality, amount, duration, and
intensity of precipitation. Seasonal and daily fluctuations of temperature.

J. User Data:

(1) Anticipated user activities and needs.

(2) Demographics of user: age, socioeconomic group, families or individuals,

physical abilities, recreation activity preferences.

(3) Length of stay – a few hours, overnight, few days.

(4) Destination or stop-over site.

(5) Seasons of use and differing uses by different users as the seasons change.

(6) Number of users expected at one time to use the site for an average
weekend; for a holiday.

September 2007 141

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(7) Type of equipment the user is expected to bring along and the
spatial/physical site requirements to accommodate that equipment.

(8) Utility requirements of the user (water, electricity, sewer).

K. Utilities:

(1) Electricity:

(a) Source of electricity: location of the point where the connection to

power utility will be made, the capacity, and type-single
phase/three-phase.

(b) Location of existing transformers.

(c) Estimated electrical peak load.

(d) Routes of proposed distribution lines and whether they are to be

overhead or underground.

(e) Name and location of local utility company.

(f) State and local code requirements.

(g) Feasibility of applying solar collectors or adaptors to buildings.

(h) Feasibility and expense of generating power onsite with wind

power.

(2) Potable Water:

(a) Source of existing potable and nonpotable water.

(b) Routes and sizes of existing pipes.

(c) Proposed distribution routes of new pipes.

(d) Available pressure (lb/in2) and flow (gpm).

(e) Location of potential or existing wells, treatment facilities, and

holding tanks.

(f) Name and location of local utility company.

(3) Storm Water Runoff:

(a) Codes and restrictions which affect site development.

(b) Impoundment requirements in quantity and duration.

142 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
13. Recreational Facilities

(c) Conditions of the drainage plan, if applicable.

(4) Sewage Disposal Systems:

(a) Pull-away systems: spatial and access requirements of the

pumping trucks which will service the vault toilet buildings and
any retaining tanks, including turning radii and road gradient
limitations.

(b) Onsite disposal systems (primary treatment plus a leach field):

• Necessary slope, soil, and spatial quantity requirement.

• Spatial requirements for future expansion of the system.

• Requirements and restrictions of local codes.

• Site environmental restrictions.

• Environmental compliance requirements for discharging to

local streams (if that is an option).

• Spatial and access requirements of the vehicles or equipment

which will be needed to service the treatment system.

(5) Gray Water: Opportunities to use gray water for landscape irrigation or
in other nonpotable ways, considering code and environmental
restrictions.

L. Roads Data:

(1) Existing Roads.

(a) Location and vehicle capacity of existing access route to site.

(b) Road and shoulder widths, depths, and materials.

(c) Direction of travel.

(d) Physical limitations to primary road, such as its condition, grade,

and turning radii.

(2) Proposed Roads:

(a) Turning radii required for roads and parking lots, based on vehicles
which are anticipated to use the facility.

(b) Wheel loading of anticipated vehicles which will use the facility.

September 2007 143

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(c) Need for a corrugated metal or plastic pipe at road crossings.

(d) Need for low water crossing.

(e) State and Federal highway regulations.

(f) Width, depth, length, and materials needed for new roads.

(g) Proximity of source of base course materials.

M. Program Requirements: From a resource management plan or other planning

effort.

(1) Desired level of development, for example: urban, rural, semi-primitive.

(2) Numbers and locations of proposed facility elements, for example:

numbers of pull-through sites with shade shelters; number of shade
shelters and group use areas; number of sites with full utility hookups;
number of day-use sites.

(3) Carrying capacities of the particular site, for example: proposed density of
campsites or maximum number of boats in the marina and on the
reservoir.

(4) Facilities that need to be replaced or upgraded to meet Reclamation and

local codes and standards.

(5) Outlines of restricted use areas, such as non-motorized areas.

(6) Requirements for interpretation and the desired associated facilities, such
as kiosks, bulleting boards, or signs. This includes interpretation for
accessibility features as required by American with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Guidelines (ADAGG) and the Uniform Federal Accessibility
Standards (UFAS).

(7) Special events and peak use demands.

(8) Site specific issues relative to development that were identified during the
planning stage.

N. Accessibility Requirements: Specific construction details and layout criteria

which are required for universal accessibility under UFAS and ADAAG.

O. Concessionaire=s Requirements:

(1) Type of equipment the user is expected to rent onsite from the
concessionaire and the spatial/physical site requirements and location(s) to
accommodate the storage and servicing of that equipment.

144 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
13. Recreational Facilities

(2) Environmental compliance requirements of concessionaire=s operation that

effect site design.

(3) Conditions of the Commercial Services Plan.

(4) Utility requirements of the concessionaire, e.g. gas and phone

P. Facility Operations and Maintenance Requirements:

(1) Fee collection methods and location requirements for facility security.
Methods to achieve security.

(2) Requirements to close off one part of a recreation are from another.

(3) Requirements for vandal-proofing facilities and types of construction

materials needed or preferred. Need for lighting at particular points and
whether the lighting is for safety or security.

(4) Requirements for fire safety, such as the need for fire trucks and
ambulances to traverse the site. Need for emergency vehicles to be able to
reach facilities and acceptable limits of access.\

(5) Roads and buildings needed for general maintenance of the area and their
associated spatial and functional requirements.

Q. Revegetation and Landscaping Needs:

(1) Availability of nursery grown plants of the desired tree and shrub species.
Availability of grass and forb seeds of the desired species.

(2) Practicality of collecting plants from project site to be used in revegetation

plan.

(3) Cost effectiveness of collecting versus purchasing large trees and cacti.

(4) Irrigation needs, based on water regime requirements of the plants that
will be used, and local growing conditions.

(5) Plant hardiness zone of project area.

(6) Number of days of frost in the area of the project site.

(7) Source of water for irrigation.

(8) Identify trees/vegetation which may or may not be removed.

(9) Need to Stabilize Eroding Stream Banks or Lake Shores. Exact

location and nature of the erosion; the desired treatment, if known;

September 2007 145

Design Data Collection Guidelines

whether it is hard surfacing or live material. List of sources of native plant

materials which are growing nearby, if known, which can be used as a
source for cuttings.

(10) Need for design of erosion control plan including silt fences, temporary
seeding, erosion control blankets, etc. during construction to mitigate soil
erosion and potential siltation of streams and water bodies.

R. Dock and Marina Data:

(1) Site topography covering an area large enough to include all potential
marina development sites, with contours at 2-foot intervals or 1-foot
intervals if the site is very flat.

(2) Underwater contours with the elevation referenced to upland elevation.

(3) General slope and landform characteristics required for good marina
development.

(4) General characteristics of land and water at site.

(5) Site exposure and prevailing winds.

(6) Location of vertical and horizontal obstructions in the proposed marina

development area.

(7) Location, proximity, and size requirements of parking, including vehicles

and vehicles with boat trailers.

(8) Condition of roads and their suitability for use by vehicles towing boat
trailers.

S. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Code restrictions, snow and wind loads, or environmental requirements

related to specific activities that will occur at the site.

(2) Reservoir surface water elevations – at season=s highest, average summer

pool, and at season=s lowest – for use in designing fishing and boating
facilities.

(3) General condition of existing buildings, roads, recreation facilities, utility

systems.

(4) Shooting range requirements.

(5) Description and map of archeologically significant areas to avoid.

146 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
13. Recreational Facilities

(6) Need for an environmental permit, such as for compliance with

Sections 401 and 404 of the Clean Water Act, if construction is anticipated
to impact a wetland.

(7) Comments on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location that would affect layout or conceptual design.

(8) Unusual local pest that would influence type of construction materials and
the selection of plant materials to use in planting plans.

(9) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the recreation facility. There may be a need for a
preliminary examination of the site for artifacts if the design site is within
areas of known archeological importance. This is because the artifacts can
be excavated or the site design modified to avoid adverse impact to the
artifacts.

September 2007 147

Design Data Collection Guidelines

14. Fishways. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal.

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) Location of the structure site.

(3) County, township, range, and section lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads, public and private utilities,
transmission lines, substations, canals, rivers, streams, and stream-gauging
stations.

(5) Locations of construction access road and sites for required construction
facilities.

(6) Sources of natural construction materials, location of commercial quarries,

and disposal areas for waste material.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
housing and building areas; and areas of paleontological, archeological,
historical or mining interest.

(8) Sources of construction power and power for operation.

(9) Scale of the general map should be adequate to clearly show listed details.

(10) North arrow.

B. Topographic Maps. Both a map and a electronic file, in AutoCAD or compatible

format, of the topography covering the structure site should be provided. A
contour interval of 1-foot is required in the immediate vicinity of the structures.
Elsewhere, larger contour intervals may be acceptable. These site maps normally
will be on a scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet. Exploration holes should be located on
the maps. Aerial photographs of the proposed structure site should also be
provided if available.

C. Site Plan Drawing. Both a drawing and an electronic file, in AutoCAD or

compatible format, should be provided. The following should be shown:

(1) Existing dam and appurtenant structures.

(2) Proposed fish ladder location.

148 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

(3) Highways, roads, railroads and canals.

(4) Right-of-way and easement lines.

(5) North arrow and land survey lines.

(6) Existing utility lines within the right-of-way and requirements for
relocation.

(7) Fences.

(8) Contours.

D. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The capabilities of and constraints imposed by local shipping and

transportation facilities.

(2) Names and telephone numbers of local utilities and irrigation districts and
contacts within those organizations.

(3) Name and brief description of similar construction in the area or region.
Preferable to use Reclamation projects if possible.

(4) Previous applicable studies.

(5) Access to the site.

(6) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; telephone utility; fire protection services; and
electric power for construction.

(7) Climatic conditions that will affect construction and operation procedures
such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain and/or snow; ice conditions;
summer and winter temperatures, with extremes; and extreme wind
velocities and prevailing directions. (Extensive tabulations are not
necessary.)

(8) Any construction restrictions such as timeframe restrictions, climatic

restrictions, blasting limitations, etc.

(9) Photographs of construction site and existing features which may effect
design.

(10) Seismic conditions.

(11) River trash loading.

September 2007 149

Design Data Collection Guidelines

E. Survey Control. Use of an existing coordinate system or tying to the township

and range system is acceptable, but tying to the State or national system is
recommended if practical.

F. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The data for Specifications design

is very similar to that for Feasibility design. They differ only in greater
accuracy, detail, and completeness of investigation and testing,
particularly for specific conditions (e.g., ground water, very soft or
unstable foundation materials, and zones of rock excavation). If only
minor additions or revisions are involved in the descriptions,
interpretation, and geological sections previously submitted for feasibility
design, the new data may be submitted as a supplement; otherwise
completely revised new text, sections, and profiles should be prepared.

The need for additional foundation data should be established by

originating office personnel with assistance from the region and
TSC representatives. For major structures, it is recommended that a field
conference be held, including an inspection of the site. This conference
should result in a geologic investigations program outlining the need for
and extent of surface and subsurface studies, and other requirements. The
geologic investigations program must be based on site conditions, type of
structure, and the time and funds available for the study and will make
maximum use of existing data. The complexity of the site will determine
the detail of the investigation.

Sufficient data on foundation conditions must be included to determine

type of excavation materials that will be encountered. Logs of all drill
holes, auger holes, and exploration pits will be included. Major soil types
should be identified, including such significant factors as expansive and
low-density soils, rock, and high-water tables.

G. Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides general
guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information. The geologist
should apply these guidelines with good judgment and sound reasoning,
elaborating upon them as required by the particular geologic setting and
engineering requirements. Because the collection of geologic data is a dynamic
process and often continues into the preparation of final designs, all stages of the
specification design geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated
with the designer through the appropriate geology office. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering
of these design data.

(1) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being paid to
the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

150 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

(2) Surface geologic map of the fish ladder site showing location of
explorations. Locations of all existing explorations should be indicated by
coordinates or stationing of the permanent survey control system for the
canal.

(3) Specific foundation exploration at fish ladder site to explore particular

geologic problems such as soft foundations or low-density material.

(4) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention being paid
to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling minerals, low-density
material, presence of gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see
Earth Manual).

(5) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid to

engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates; and to depth, weathering, joints, faults, and
other planes of weakness.

(6) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial deposits and

bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density, penetration
resistance, permeability, shear strength, gradation, and consolidation or
expansion characteristics, etc.). The type and number of samples and tests
required should be determined in cooperation with the TSC.

(7) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular geologic

conditions.

(8) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic, resistivity,

etc.), if performed.

(9) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to water
levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of unconfined and
confined aquifers, potential leakage, water-producing capabilities
including permeability tests, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(10) Logs of exploration. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn drilling, chop
and wash, or other methods which result in less than adequate sample
recovery should be augmented by borehole electric (geophysical) logs
where appropriate.

(11) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions. If it is

relevant, include a map of possible slide areas with as much detail as
practicable.

(12) If threat to life is significant, determine age of faulting in vicinity,

especially if suspected to be late Pleistocene or Holocene.

September 2007 151

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(13) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and mineral
extraction operations in vicinity.

(14) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction methods

such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, cemented zones in surficial
materials, etc. Any potential surface water runoff problems should be
brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

(15) Samples of foundation materials and ground water should be obtained and
tested to determine any possible chemical reaction with the concrete or
metalwork.

H. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

I. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual).

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials, if required.

152 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

(4) References to service history of materials if used previously and to results

of sampling and analysis, including previous tests in the central
Reclamation laboratories.

(5) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction material.

(6) Dispersive soil analyses.

J. Biological Data:

(1) Fish species targeted.

(2) Fish species swimming abilities.

(3) Behavior.

(4) Fish migration season.

(5) Age of fish targeted.

(6) Minimum and maximum size of the species.

(7) Run size.

(8) Biological requirements of the species (e.g., spawning, rearing or foraging

habitats that require protection).

(9) Source(s) of fish ladder water.

K. Hydrological Data:

(1) Range of river flows.

(2) Percent exceedance curves for flows.

(3) River water surfaces at dam tied to downstream gauge.

(4) Both tailwater and forebay rating curves over range of flows.

(5) River velocities.

(6) Diversion amounts and dates, if applicable.

(7) Provide seasonal 1-year, 2-year, 5-year, 10-year, 25-year, 50-year, and
100-year river flow rates and water surfaces for evaluating construction
related structures such as cofferdams and bypasses.

September 2007 153

Design Data Collection Guidelines

L. Agency Coordination:

(1) List of agencies to coordinate with.

(2) Review of designs by other agencies, including the findings of the Fish
and Wildlife Coordination Act Report (if available).

(3) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(4) Agency criteria which is required to be complied with.

M. Sedimentation Data: Sufficient data on the soil at the proposed structure site(s)
must be included to determine whether sedimentation will be a problem.

N. Existing Structure Data. As-built structural, mechanical and electrical drawings

of the existing dam and appurtenant structures should be included.

O. Fishways Data:

(1) Type of fishway selected:

(a) Pool-type ladder

• Vertical slot
• Pool and weir ladder
• Weir and orifice ladder
• Full width stream weir
(b) Baffled channel

• Riprap channel with boulder weirs

(c) Roughened chute ladder

• Alaska Steeppass
• Denil
• Roughened stream channel
• Pool-chute fish ladder

(d) Low gradient channel

(e) Vertical lift

(2) Range of river flows to design for.

154 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

(3) Fishway design flow.

(4) Maximum and minimum head loss or drop through the slots, orifice and
weirs.

(5) Maximum and minimum fishway floor slope.

(6) Minimum water depth.

(7) Minimum clear opening between vertical trashrack bars.

(8) Minimum spacing of horizontal trashrack bars.

(9) Maximum velocity through trashrack.

(10) Minimum fishway pool volume.

(11) Energy Dissipation Factor (EDF).

(12) Capacity based on fish run size.

(13) Location of fishway exit from dam crest, spillways or any river outlet
gates, etc.

(14) Requirement for stoplog slots or gates to be provided for dewatering the
ladder.

(15) Requirement for entire fishway, including entrance and exit structures, to
be covered with grating.

(16) Predation issues.

(17) Provision for future dam raise.

P. Fish Entrance Areas (or Pools):

(1) Field observations and sketches of flow patterns above and below the
barrier should be made, especially at high flows.

(2) Observations of fish location and orientation when attempting to pass a

barrier.

(3) Entrance flow.

(4) Type of fishway entrance (e.g., suppressed weir, contracted weir, vertical
slot or orifice).

(5) Number and dimension(s) of entrance(s).

September 2007 155

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(6) Fishway entrance(s) location(s) and alignment(s).

(7) Minimum flow depth through gate.

(8) Minimum depth and radius of pool outside of entrance gate.

(9) Design head loss across entrance gate.

(10) Minimum velocity in the gate flow contraction.

(11) Requirement for instrumentation.

(12) Need for jet attraction pipes.

(13) Design flow of jet attraction pipe where applicable.

(14) Velocity of jet attraction pipes where applicable.

(15) Location of attraction pipe outlet and orientation to the river flow.

Q. Auxiliary Water Systems:

(1) Flow required.

(2) Vertical or horizontal diffuser grating?
(3) Maximum clear opening between bars of diffuser grate.
(4) Design flow per gross wetted area of diffuser grate.
(5) Maximum clear opening of vertical bars of intake trashrack.

R. Other Features:

(1) Equipment needed to determine fish movement by telemetry or other

means where applicable.

(2) Need for trap and evaluation facility.

(3) Requirements for supplemental lighting.

(4) Location of access required by fishery interests.

S. Construction Data:

(1) Construction window to complete all work.

(2) Restrictions on in-water work.

156 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

T. Operating and Maintenance Data:

(1) Plan of operation for fish ladder facilities, dam and canal.
(2) Portion of year structures should be designed to operate.
(3) O&M access requirements.

U. Miscellaneous Information:

(1) Prevalence of any unusual local pest action such as termites, dry rot, and
marine borers; local practices for combating same.

(2) Special requirements and locations of safety devices such as guardrailing,

security lighting and fences in populated areas.

V. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be

consistent with the environmental commitments as described in the
NEPA compliance document. Implementation of design features should be
consistent with agreements reached between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies,
and other governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, the environmental issues and/or

requirements that would affect a fish ladder design and a brief description of the
environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed development.
The emphasis should be on those areas within the range of alternatives open to the
designers in developing a structural design. The following items should also be
considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting, photographs, both black and white and color,
are helpful.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the fish ladder.

(3) Background on the need for fish ladder.

(4) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, restoring borrow
areas, and reseeding spoil banks.

(5) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(6) Review of designs by other agencies, including the findings of the Fish
and Wildlife Coordination Act Report (if available).

(7) Anticipated public use around the structure.

September 2007 157

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(8) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat in or adjacent to the fish
ladder.

(9) Existing or potential wetland areas

W. Operating Data Including:

(1) Source(s) of fish ladder water.

(2) Plan of operation for fish ladder..

(3) Percent of design capacity that the fish ladder is expected to carry each
month, and probable dates that it may be taken out of service for
maintenance each year.

(4) For fish ladders operated in subfreezing weather: minimum temperatures,

lengths of time freezing may occur, average and maximum ice depths,
conditions to be anticipated as to alternate freezing and thawing, and
probability of fish ladders drifting full of snow.

(5) Character of water to be conveyed with respect to probable sediment

deposition.

(6) Type of maintenance machinery contemplated.

(7) Type of communications system contemplated.

X. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. After
designs of the facility have progressed enough to develop details of electrical
system needs, designers will prepare a list of additional data required to complete
final design of electrical installation.

(1) Name and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(5) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.

158 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
14. Fishways

(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is

lost.

(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(6) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(7) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(8) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

September 2007 159

Design Data Collection Guidelines

15. Fish Barriers. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal.

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) Location of the structure site.

(3) County, township, range, and section lines.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads, public and private utilities,
transmission lines, substations, rivers, streams, and stream-gauging
stations.

(5) Locations of construction access road and sites for required construction
facilities.

(6) Sources of natural construction materials, location of commercial quarries,

and disposal areas for waste material.

(7) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
housing and building areas; and areas of paleontological, archeological,
historical or mining interest.

(8) Sources of construction power and power for operation.

(9) Scale of the general map should be adequate to clearly show listed details.

(10) North arrow.

B. Topographic Maps. Both a map and a electronic file, in AutoCAD or

compatible format, of the topography covering the structure site should be
provided. A contour interval of 1-foot is required in the immediate vicinity of the
structures. Elsewhere, larger contour intervals may be acceptable. These site
maps normally will be on a scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet. Exploration holes
should be located on the maps. Aerial photographs of the proposed structure site
should also be provided if available. Details to be shown are:

(1) Proposed locations of fish screen facilities including bypass pipe.

(2) Location of existing features such as diversion dam, headworks, highways,

railroads, public and private utilities, and any other features that may
affect the location and cost of the fish screen facilities. Note
modifications required to headworks, if any.

160 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
15. Fish Barriers

(3) Existing right-of-way. Proposed acquisition of additional right-of-way

should be discussed.

(4) Location of river thalweg.

(5) Below water contours should be included.

C. Site Plan Drawing. Both a drawing and an electronic file, in AutoCAD or

compatible format, should be provided. The following should be shown:

(1) Proposed fish screen facilities including bypass pipe.

(2) Highways, roads and railroads.

(3) Right-of-way and easement lines.

(4) North arrow and land survey lines.

(5) Existing utility lines within the right-of-way and requirements for
relocation.

(6) Fences.

(7) Contours.

D. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The capabilities of and constraints imposed by local shipping and

transportation facilities.

(2) Names and telephone numbers of local utilities and irrigation districts and
contacts within those organizations.

(3) Name and brief description of similar construction in the area or region.
Preferable to use Reclamation projects if possible.

(4) Previous applicable studies.

(5) Access to the site.

(6) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; telephone utility; fire protection services; and
electric power for construction.

(7) Climatic conditions that will affect construction and operation procedures
such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain and/or snow; ice conditions;

September 2007 161

Design Data Collection Guidelines

summer and winter temperatures, with extremes; and extreme wind

velocities and prevailing directions. (Extensive tabulations are not
necessary.)

(8) Any construction restrictions such as timeframe restrictions, climatic

restrictions, blasting limitations, etc.

(9) Seismic conditions.

(10) Photographs of the construction site and existing features which may
effect design.

E. Survey Control. Use of an existing coordinate system or tying to the township

and range system is acceptable, but tying to the State or national system is
recommended if practical.

(1) Right-of-way surveys are required to locate government owned property at

the structure site.

F. Foundation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The data for Specifications design

is very similar to that for Feasibility design. They differ only in greater
accuracy, detail, and completeness of investigation and testing,
particularly for specific conditions (e.g., ground water, very soft or
unstable foundation materials, and zones of rock excavation). If only
minor additions or revisions are involved in the descriptions,
interpretation, and geological sections previously submitted for feasibility
design, the new data may be submitted as a supplement; otherwise
completely revised new text, sections, and profiles should be prepared.

The need for additional foundation data should be established by

originating office personnel with assistance from the region and TSC
representatives. For major structures, it is recommended that a field
conference be held, including an inspection of the site. This conference
should result in a geologic investigations program outlining the need for
and extent of surface and subsurface studies, and other requirements. The
geologic investigations program must be based on site conditions, type of
structure, and the time and funds available for the study and will make
maximum use of existing data. The complexity of the site will determine
the detail of the investigation.

Sufficient data on foundation conditions must be included to determine

type of excavation materials that will be encountered. Logs of all drill
holes, auger holes, and exploration pits will be included. Major soil types
should be identified, including such significant factors as expansive and
low-density soils, rock, and high-water tables.

162 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
15. Fish Barriers

G. Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides general
guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information. The geologist
should apply these guidelines with good judgment and sound reasoning,
elaborating upon them as required by the particular geologic setting and
engineering requirements. Because the collection of geologic data is a dynamic
process and often continues into the preparation of final designs, all stages of the
specification design geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated
with the designer through the appropriate geology office. The TSC geologic and
geophysical staff will provide necessary assistance and guidance in the gathering
of these design data.

(1) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area, with attention being paid to
the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(2) Surface geologic map of the fish screen facilities site showing location of
explorations. Locations of all existing explorations should be indicated by
coordinates or stationing of the permanent survey control system for the
canal.

(3) Specific foundation exploration at fish screen facilities site to explore

particular geologic problems such as soft foundations or low-density
material.

(4) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with attention being paid
to engineering geologic matters, such as swelling minerals, low-density
material, presence of gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see
Earth Manual).

(5) Factual narrative description of bedrock with attention being paid to

engineering geologic matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates; and to depth, weathering, joints, faults, and
other planes of weakness.

(6) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial deposits and

bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density, penetration
resistance, permeability, shear strength, gradation, and consolidation or
expansion characteristics, etc.). The type and number of samples and tests
required should be determined in cooperation with the TSC.

(7) Photographs, preferably in color, of representative or particular geologic

conditions.

(8) Summary and data of exploration geophysical surveys (seismic, resistivity,

etc.), if performed.

September 2007 163

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(9) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to water
levels and their seasonal fluctuation, occurrence of unconfined and
confined aquifers, potential leakage, water-producing capabilities
including permeability tests, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(10) Logs of exploration. Logs of drill holes advanced by churn drilling, chop
and wash, or other methods which result in less than adequate sample
recovery should be augmented by borehole electric (geophysical) logs
where appropriate.

(11) Evaluation of landslide, snowslide, and rockfall conditions. If it is

relevant, include a map of possible slide areas with as much detail as
practicable.

(12) If threat to life is significant, determine age of faulting in vicinity,

especially if suspected to be late Pleistocene or Holocene.

(13) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum, water, and mineral
extraction operations in vicinity.

(14) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction methods

such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, cemented zones in surficial
materials, etc. Any potential surface water runoff problems should be
brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist.

(15) Samples of foundation materials and ground water should be obtained and
tested to determine any possible chemical reaction with the concrete or
metalwork.

H. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(2) Performance history of materials of construction that have been used in

the area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

164 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
15. Fish Barriers

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

I. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(2) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual.)

(3) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials, if required.

(4) References to service history of materials if used previously and to results

of sampling and analysis, including previous tests in the central
Reclamation laboratories.

(5) Environmental impacts associated with removing or obtaining

construction material.

(6) Dispersive soil analyses

J. Biological Data:

(1) Fish species targeted.

(2) Fish species swimming abilities.

(3) Behavior.

(4) Fish migration season.

(5) Age of fish targeted.

(6) Minimum and maximum size of the species.

(7) Run size.

(8) Biological requirements of the species (e.g., spawning, rearing or foraging

habitats that require protection).

K. Hydrological Data:

(1) Range of river flows.

(2) Percent exceedance curves for flows.

September 2007 165

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) River hydraulic data.

(4) River rating curves over range of design flows.

(5) River velocities.

(6) Provide seasonal 1-year, 2-year, 5-year, 10-year, 25-year, 50-year, and
100-year river flow rates and water surfaces for evaluating construction
related structures such as cofferdams and bypasses.

L. Canal Hydraulic Data:

(1) Canal flow range and corresponding water surface elevations.

(2) Maximum canal design flow.
(3) Percent exceedance curves for flows.
(4) Available head at point of diversion.
(5) How diversions are made.
(6) Dates of diversions.
(7) Availability of bypass flow.
(8) Type of tailwater control for fishscreen, if any.

M. Agency Coordination:

(1) List of agencies to coordinate with.

(2) Review of designs by other agencies, including the findings of the Fish
and Wildlife Coordination Act Report (if available).

(3) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(4) Agency criteria which is required to be complied with.

N. Sedimentation Data: Sedimentation studies, degradation, and aggradation

studies should be included if appropriate. Sufficient data on the soil at the
proposed structure site(s) must be included to perform these tests.

O. Fish Screen Data:

(1) Type of screen required (e.g., flat plate, drum, etc.).

(2) Maximum allowable approach velocity. Approach velocity measured

perpendicular to the screen face.

166 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
15. Fish Barriers

(3) Minimum allowable sweeping velocity. Sweeping velocity measured

parallel to the screen face.

(4) Maximum allowable time of travel for fish moving along the screen face
before entering a bypass.

(5) Maximum clear opening of the screen mesh.

(6) Maximum and minimum drum screen submergence, if applicable.

(7) If applicable, are drum screens to operate at optimum submergence for all
flows?

(8) Maximum and minimum design flows through screens.

(9) Should screen structure be expandable if canal flow is increased in future.

(10) Predation issues.

P. Fish Bypass Data:

(1) Entrance requirements (e.g., flow control weir, etc.).

(2) Maximum and minimum entrance velocities.
(3) Maximum and minimum conveyance velocities.
(4) Is there a requirement for pumpback system with secondary screens.
(5) If on a river, trashrack bar spacing.

Q. Trashrack Data:

(1) Amount and type of floating debris in canal and/or river.

(2) Minimum clear opening between trashrack bars.
(3) Cleaning system.

R. Other Features:

(1) Criteria for fish viewer where applicable.

(2) Criteria for adult trapping facility where applicable.

(3) Equipment needed to determine fish movement by telemetry or other

means where applicable.

(4) Requirements for supplemental lighting.

(5) Location of access required by fishery interests.

September 2007 167

Design Data Collection Guidelines

S. Construction Data:

(1) Construction window to complete all work.

(2) Restrictions on in-water work.
(3) Will bypass around canal construction site be required?

T. Operating and Maintenance Data:

(1) Plan of operation for fish screen facilities.

(2) Portion of year structures should be designed to operate.

(3) Dates of irrigation season.

(4) O & M access requirements.

(5) Method for cleaning rotating drums.

(6) Responsibility for maintaining screens.

(7) Type of equipment to remove screens for service (e.g., gantry, jib crane,
mobile truck).

(8) Frequency of O&M.

(9) Ability and experience of O&M personnel to maintain proposed screens.

(10) Will cleaning of screens be problematic source(s) of fish screen facilities

water.

(11) Percent of design capacity that the fish screen facilities is expected to
carry each month, and probable dates that it may be taken out of service
for maintenance each year.

(12) For fish screen facilities operated in subfreezing weather: minimum

temperatures, lengths of time freezing may occur, average and maximum
ice depths, conditions to be anticipated as to alternate freezing and
thawing, and probability of fish screens drifting full of snow.

(13) Character of water to be conveyed with respect to probable sediment

deposition.

(14) Type of maintenance machinery contemplated.

(15) Type of communications system contemplated.

168 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
15. Fish Barriers

U. Miscellaneous Information:

(1) Prevalence of any unusual local pest action such as termites, dry rot, and
marine borers; local practices for combating same.

(2) Special requirements and locations of safety devices such as guardrailing,

security lighting and fences in populated areas.

V. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be

consistent with the environmental commitments as described in the NEPA
compliance document. Implementation of design features should be consistent
with agreements reached between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies, and other
governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, the environmental issues and/or

requirements that would affect a fish screen facilities design and a brief
description of the environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed
development. The emphasis should be on those areas within the range of
alternatives open to the designers in developing a structural design. The
following items should also be considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting, photographs, both black and white and color
are helpful.

(2) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources in the area of the fish screen facilities.

(3) Background on the need for fish facilities.

(4) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, restoring borrow
areas, and reseeding spoil banks.

(5) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(6) Review of designs by other agencies, including the findings of the Fish
and Wildlife Coordination Act Report (if available).

(7) Anticipated public use around the structure.

(8) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat in or adjacent to the fish
screen facilities.

(9) Existing or potential wetland areas

W. Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design. After
designs of the facility have progressed enough to develop details of electrical

September 2007 169

Design Data Collection Guidelines

system needs, designers will prepare a list of additional data required to complete
final design of electrical installation.

(1) Name and telephone numbers of electrical power suppliers and contacts
within those organizations.

(2) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

(3) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases, and
whether service will be overhead or underground.

(4) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(5) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate supply

is required, indicate:

(a) If required by State or local authority.

(b) If source should be an engine-generator.

(c) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power supply is

lost.

(d) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(6) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility. Discuss

location of remote station, and items required to be monitored.

(7) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station from

which supervisory control is exercised.

(8) Requirements for voice and data communications between the supervisory
master station and the remote facilities.

170 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

16. Wetlands. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal. Biological data other than that requested in this guideline may be required.
This section lists data which may be required for specifications design of wetlands
projects. The project team and the design team should review these guidelines to
determine and assemble the final data request for a specific project. All wetlands projects
should involve appropriate specialists in biology, hydrology (surface and groundwater),
landscape site planning, and/or water quality (chemical limnology) disciplines.
Depending on the scope and complexity, wetlands project plans should be developed or
reviewed by a certified Professional Wetlands Scientist (PWS) or at a minimum by a
member of the Society of Wetlands Scientists (SWS).

According to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency:

• Wetlands – “those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground

water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal
circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in
saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs and
similar areas.”

• Coastal Wetlands – “found along the Atlantic, Pacific, Alaskan, and Gulf coasts.
They are closely linked to our nation’s estuaries, where sea water mixes with
fresh water to form an environment of varying salinities.”

• Inland Wetlands – “most common on floodplains along rivers and streams

(riparian wetlands), in isolated depressions surrounded by dry land (for example,
playas, basins, and “potholes”), along the margins of lakes and ponds, and in
other low-lying areas where the ground water intercepts the soil surface where
precipitation sufficiently saturates the soil (vernal pools and bogs).”

The following is a list of possible data required for design of wetlands:

A. General Description of Proposed Wetlands Project:

(1) General Map(s) Showing:

(a) A key map locating the general map area.

(b) The construction site or sites.

(c) Reference sites (if used).

(d) County and township lines.

September 2007 171

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(e) Existing towns, residences, private property, highways, roads,

bridges with special loads or size limitations, railroads and
shipping points, public utilities such as electric power and
telephone lines, pipelines, etc., and stream-gauging stations.

(f) Locations for potential construction and permanent access roads,

sites for contractor's staging areas, and construction facilities.

(g) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials and

disposal areas for waste excavation.

(h) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the

design, construction, operation, or management of the project
feature such as: recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building
areas, areas of cultural sensitivity; and areas of archeological,
historical and mining or paleontological interest. The locations of
these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the agency
most concerned; for example, Reclamation.

(i) Rights-of-way for construction, access, and staging areas.

(j) Sources of construction power and power transmission facilities.

(k) Buried utilities, pipelines, tanks, or other structures within the

proposed construction site.

(2) General Purpose and Function (Definitions are provided at the back
of this section):

(a) Discuss type of wetlands work:

(i) Establishment of new wetlands.

(ii) Restoration of previously existing wetlands.
(iii) Enhancement or enlargement of an existing wetland.
(iv) Replacement for abandoned or displaced wetlands.
(v) Protection and maintenance of existing wetlands.

(b) State overall approach to resolving problems:

(i) Watershed based.

(ii) Local area.

(iii) Both of the above.

172 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(iv) Use natural or bioengineering approach or a combination of

both.

(c) Describe, in detail, any specific functional requirements and goals

for the wetland:

(i) Habitat restoration (restore habitat to a pre-existing

condition) or creating a new wetlands:

• Restore native species.

• Create and sustain diverse habitats supporting

diverse species.

• Protect or re-establish threatened or endangered

species.

• Increase or improve wildlife habitat.

• Increase or improve plant habitat.

• Restore hydrologic and vegetative characteristics of

altered meadows and riparian areas.

• Requirements for removal of non-native plant or

animal species.

(ii) River or land restoration:

• Replace acres lost to manmade or naturally

occurring activities or events.

• Provide bank or shoreline protection.

• Reduce loss of topsoil.

• Facilitate onsite sediment disposal.

(iii) Facilitate fish passage and habitat requirements (create,

restore, enhance).

(iv) Recreation:

• Aesthetic needs or desires.

September 2007 173

Design Data Collection Guidelines

• Facilitate or improve sporting activities (e.g.,

hunting, boating, fishing, camping, and bird
watching).

(v) Moderation of stream flows and flood protection:

• Reduce peak flows.

• Increase water retention.

• Increase base flow.

(vi) Water treatment for instream flows, wastewater, and

overland flows:

• Reduce suspended sediment.

• Remove nutrients and/or pollutants.

• Prevent and correct pollution discharges.

(d) Describe conditions envisioned immediately after construction and

long term.

(e) Type of wetlands (coastal, inland, bog, etc.).

(3) Wetlands Project Requirements:

(a) Describe the source(s) of water for the wetlands: river, reservoir,
ground water, overland flow, or piped in.

(b) Describe any specific Federal or State Regulations.

(c) Provide desired review requirements of designs by other agencies

including timeframe, period, or stage of design for the review and
the level of the review.

(d) Input from advisory groups and technical teams assembled to

facilitate or oversee work.

(e) Describe alternatives to be considered.

(f) Describe pre-established requirements or preferences:

(i) Potential location(s) of wetlands.

(ii) Area, shape, and depth requirements.
(iii) Importation of plants and/or animals.

174 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(iv) Intentions to emulate conditions at an another existing site:

• Location of existing site.
• Description of desired conditions.

(g) Descriptions of existing or future conditions that will have an

impact on design, arrangement, and/or location of wetlands such
as:

(i) Commercial, industrial, residential, or agricultural

development or operations in vicinity.

(ii) Current ground water conditions and potential future

changes.

(iii) Potential changes in river channel conditions (e.g. flow,

degradation, aggradation, bank erosion, etc.).

(iv) River control operations such as upstream dams and

powerplants.

(h) Description of any known restrictions for construction, timing of

construction, placement of facilities, water quality standards,
duration of construction, preservation of existing vegetation and
facilities, or construction access.

(i) Proposed project timeframe.

(j) Required provisions for public safety, accessibility, or visitor

facilities.

(k) Proposed vegetation and planting requirements:

(i) Discuss the purpose(s) of the vegetation: habitat, water

treatment, bank stability, re-establish original vegetation,
feed for endangered species.

(ii) Specify seeding or planting requirements.

• Discuss how planting will be accomplished and

whether planting can be accomplished by self-design
(allowing volunteer wetland plants to be established
without active planting efforts).

(iii) Furnish State or local restrictions concerning the use of soil

herbicides, or local factors limiting their use.

September 2007 175

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(iv) Cost effectiveness of collecting vs. purchasing plant

materials:

• Discuss the availability of riparian shrub species

growing locally on public land that could be
harvested for cuttings if needed.

• Practicality of collecting plants to be used in

revegetation plan from: project site, other wetlands,
other river sites.

(v) Revegetation limitations:

• Depth to ground water around shoreline. Discuss

how wide the band of moist soils is, how steeply
soil moisture drops off, and the seasonality of the
water table.

• Ability of the soil immediately uphill of the

shoreline to hold moisture, how fast draining the
soil is based on texture or underlying geology.

(vi) Need for armoring the shoreline against wave action,

particularly on a windy site or where there is a long fetch
across a large water body. Is plant material desired or is a
hard material desired, or a combination of the two?

(vii) Irrigation or water control needs, based on water regime

requirements of the plants that will be used, and local
growing conditions.

(viii) Upland vegetation requirements:

• The need for restoring and seeding cuts and fills and
spoil banks.

• Source of water for irrigation, if required.

(ix) Water treatment wetlands:

• Desired goals for water treatment.

• Shoreline gradient required or desired, if any.

• Draw down requirements, seasonality and length of

dry season.

176 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

• Shoreline and upland requirements for wildlife

considerations.

• Suitable plants required and available for the

wetlands.

• Water control requirements: depth, flow, time

passing through wetland.

• Product water quality requirements (see “Water

Quality” subsection and table 1 for water quality
monitoring parameters).

(l) Special requirements for the water body:

(i) Water depth conditions. – Discuss the required water depth

conditions and the ratios of those conditions, such as the
amount of shallow benches in relation to deep water that is
desired. Give amounts of each water depth desired,
specifically shallow benches, intermediate benches, and
deep water; and the depth of water in inches or feet
required for each condition. Include a minimum required
amount of water access for waterfowl, in linear feet.

(ii) Islands. – Discuss whether islands are desired and the

purpose for them. Include the required shoreline
configuration of the landform to support those uses, such as
shallow benches, etc. Include the total acres desired to be
designated to islands.

(m) Operating and maintenance data requirements:

(i) Anticipated adaptive management requirements if any.

(ii) Self sustainability requirements - Minimum or no

maintenance requirements.

(iii) Details of required downstream control sections, measuring

devices, gauging stations, or other operating works.

(iv) Standards by which to measure progress.

(v) Vehicle or boat access requirements for maintenance.

(vi) Need for installed maintenance and handling facilities.

(vii) Facilities required to facilitate monitoring.

September 2007 177

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(viii) Availability of or need for permanent buildings for

operating personnel.

(4) Post-Construction Evaluation and Monitoring Requirements:

(a) Baseline standards for evaluation.

(b) Organization responsible for followup action if required.

B. Coordination Requirements

(1) Coordination/input requirements from other government and

nongovernmental organizations and agencies. Identify agencies and
organizations which will have input into the design, construction, and
operation of the wetland. The roles and responsibilities of each party
should be clearly defined.

(2) Identify any “land use agreements”, or similar mechanisms which secure
short- or long-term commitments by the parties to manage the site for a set
of established objectives. This should include issues related to water
rights/entitlements which are anticipated for the management and
operation of the wetland system.

C. Specific Wetlands Project Considerations and Parameters:

(1) Historic and Existing Site Conditions:

(a) For projects where it is desired to simulate prior conditions, it is

necessary to determine the historic time and conditions that are
desired and feasible to simulate.

(b) Old maps.

(c) Interviews with residents.

(d) Old photographs of the wetlands area.

(e) Existing wetlands site and area vegetation:

(i) Narrative description of existing site vegetation.

(ii) Dominant plant associations (group of plants that are

common and growing on the site).

(iii) Habitat survey:

• Community type.

178 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

• Surface cover.

(iv) Describe endangered plant species growing on the site

including where they are located.

(v) A brief listing of the area's native tree, shrub, forb (a

flowering plant, with a non-woody stem, that is not grass),
and grass species growing locally.

(vi) Identify trees/vegetation which may or may not be

removed.

(f) Wildlife uses of the site:

(i) Include the animals targeted for use and their specific needs
and uses for the site, including feeding, cover, loafing, nesting,
etc. Include the specific predator-prey relationships and how
that influences design requirements such as the need for islands
or specific landform types.

(ii) Is the site critical habitat for any endangered species? If so

when and how do the endangered species use the site?

(g) Land use survey of upland areas, areas adjacent to the wetlands
site, and the wetlands site.

(h) Soils:

(i) Provide published soil surveys by county, state, National

Resources Conservation Service or others. Surveys may
indicate soil types (sand, loam, clay, etc.), texture, and use
(rangeland, agriculture, etc.).

(ii) Discuss the availability of topsoil either at the site or

locally.

(iii) Discuss the moisture holding capacity, salinity, herbicides,

plant disease organisms, or other problems with the soils.

(iv) If the wetland will be constructed from dry land, what is the
availability of topsoil, either on site or locally? Typically
the top six inches of soil over an area that will be cut or
filled would be stripped, stockpiled, and spread back over
new contours to create the final grade.

(v) Soil chemical properties related to plant growth for

revegetation purposes:

September 2007 179

Design Data Collection Guidelines

• Results of a routine soil analysis performed by a

professional soils testing laboratory, including
recommendations for amending the soil for desired
plant types to be grown. The analysis report giving
values for soil texture, pH, soluble salts, organic
matter, amount of available nutrients, lime. Nutrient
levels reported in parts per million of the elemental
nutrient. Additional tests for gypsum and sodium
adsorption ration may be run.

• Presence of soil contaminants that could be toxic in

high enough concentration, such as petroleum
products or herbicides. Levels of heavy metals on
land that has been mined.

(vi) Presence of plant or animal disease organisms.

(2) Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features

should be consistent with environmental commitments listed in the NEPA
compliance document and should be consistent with agreements reached
between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies, and other governmental
agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, a brief description of the

environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed
development. The emphasis should be on those areas within the range of
alternatives open to the designers in developing a design. The following
items should also be included in the design data:

(a) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and

paleontological) resources in the area of the construction.

(b) The need for blending structures with the surroundings.

(c) Comments on ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect layout or conceptual
design.

(d) Data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the facilities or

where otherwise considered necessary or advisable; measurements
of existing daytime or nighttime ambient noise levels in the area;
and distances to the nearest residential units.

(e) Problems with existing bank erosion.

(f) Erosion and sediment control requirements.

180 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(g) Environmental Permit requirements (Clean Water Act).

(h) Special environmental requirements for transmission lines or

underground transmission systems.

(i) Location, volume, and contamination levels or any solid waste or

hazardous waste facilities within the construction area.

(j) Provide data on the method(s) of brush and tree disposal permitted
by local and State pollution regulatory agencies.

(k) Biological information requirements:

(i) Disease vector control considerations. Diseases may be

carried by several animals most commonly mosquitoes.
Discuss which disease vectors may be present and potential
control measures such as:

• Water management – prevention of stagnant water

• Excavation depths
• Use of insecticides
• Timing of construction
• Other control measures

(ii) Potential invasive species which may damage the wetlands

and or adjacent areas.

(iii) State anticipated impacts to threatened and endangered

species and mitigation measures which can be taken to
avoid/and or minimize these impacts. Emphasis should be
placed on gathering, or planning for the collection of any
data which will later be required to support necessary
permit applications (including Ecological Society of
America (ESA) consultations and Clean Water Act (CWA)
section 404 permits).

(3) Water Supply and Water Quality Factors. If hydrologic data were
documented in a report for the Feasibility Designs, they should be updated
based on additional information developed since the Feasibility Designs.
The Specifications Design data submittal shall reference the feasibility
design document and thus eliminate the need to repeat the information
enumerated below. If the information enumerated below is not contained
or is not updated in the report prepared for the Feasibility Design then this
information should be provided for the Specifications Design:

September 2007 181

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(a) Source of water for wetlands:

(i) Describe the source of water (river, reservoir, and ground

water).

(ii) Is the source of water continuous or intermittent?

(iii) Will rainfall, river flows, or reservoir adequately supply

water or will supplemental water be required?

(b) Rivers/streams – hydrologic data:

(i) Design floods and flood hydrographs. Normally a

probability curve of flood peak discharges up to 100-year
recurrence period will be sufficient.

(ii) Flood hydrographs for frequencies of 2, 5, 10, and 25 years

for use during construction.

(iii) Monthly hydrographs for past 10 to 100 years.

(iv) Data for preparation of specifications hydrographs,

including the location of gauging station at or near the
construction site and the dates for which hydrographs
should be prepared. Copies of daily discharge record
should be supplied for stations with unpublished records.

(v) Historical monthly flow averages. Include periods of

expected no-flow or aquifer size and recharge rate monthly
averages.

(c) River Morphology:

(i) Water surface elevation curves, sedimentation studies,

degradation and aggradation studies should be included.
Water surface elevations should be determined for floods of
100-, 50-, 10-, 5-, and 2-year frequencies.

(ii) Potential impacts of the project that require design

considerations, e.g., increased channel scour, and
downstream channel protection, etc.

(iii) Anticipated future river channel improvement or other

construction (upstream and downstream in the river) which
might change regimen.

(iv) Data on upstream and downstream dams, diversions,

pumping plants, and reservoirs.

182 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(d) Reservoirs:

(i) Maximum and minimum operating water surfaces.

(ii) Operating procedures.

(e) Anticipated occurrences and amounts of silt, sediments, biomass,

ice (thickness) and drift (trash).

(f) Ground water:

(i) Describe and provide background data on ground water

elevations over time period, including seasonal and over a
long period of time.

(ii) Chemical composition (See table 1 for water quality

monitoring parameters).

(iii) Recharge and percolation rates.

(g) Water Quality:

(i) Existing water quality (see table 1 for water quality

monitoring parameters).

(ii) Results of water quality studies carried out at or near the

site.

(iii) Potential changes to land use which may affect water

quality: industrial, residential, logging, mining, and
agricultural.

(iv) Product water quality requirements (water treatment

wetlands):

• Water quality requirements or standards which have

to be met.

• Desired salinity of product water and limits on

specific ion levels, if applicable.

• Consider potential impacts to the wetlands site,

which may occur from surface water runoff
originating form off-site sources, containing salts,
fertilizers, oils, or any other non-point source of
pollution

September 2007 183

Design Data Collection Guidelines

• Screening requirements for potential contaminants

which may impact the ability of the project to meet
design and operating criteria, or pose potential
hazards to wildlife or human health and safety.

(4) Climate. Climatic conditions that will affect construction and operation
and maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; summer and winter temperatures, with
extremes; and probability of excessive dust or sand.

(a) Number of days of frost in the area of the project site.

(b) Evaporation - Annual net evaporation rates and monthly

distribution. Include average monthly wind velocities, extreme
wind velocities and prevailing directions.

C. Site Design and Construction Data:

(1) Surface Data Including Historic Conditions:

(a) Surveying:

(i) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey

control should be established at the earliest possible time.
A coordinate system on a true north-south grid should be
established with the origin located so that all of the features
(including borrow areas) at a major structure will be in one
quadrant, and so that the values of the coordinates for any
major structure are widely separated numerically. The
coordinate system should be related to a state or national
coordinate system, if available. All preceding survey work,
including topography and location and ground surface
elevation of subsurface exploration, should be corrected to
agree with the permanent control system; and all
subsequent survey work, including location and ground
surface elevation of subsurface exploration, should be
based on the permanent control. All surveys should be tied
to the established coordinate system at each construction
site.

(ii) Survey data should show existing facilities such including:

• Existing manmade site features such as roads,

parking turnarounds, buildings, structures, power
lines, buried tanks, campgrounds; leach fields,
picnic areas, and marinas.

184 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

• Surface drainage features such as drainage from the

approach roadways, streams, and ravines plus any
existing bridges or culverts (include invert
elevations) in close proximity.

• Site features which would be important design

information such as, springs, marsh areas, overflow
channels, channel changes, edge of water, high
water marks, types of vegetative cover, large
boulders, exposed bedrock, etc.

• Surface and underwater topography (bathymetric

chart) (see subsection for “Topography”).

• Existing right-of way, easement and fencing. Give

dimensions and bearings of the property lines and a
dimensional tie to a known section corner as
required.

• Township lines, range lines, and section lines.

• Show the direction of all transmission lines within

the area.

• Indicate general drainage of the area.

(iii) Survey data should show proposed features/facilities

including:

• Show locations and ties to all proposed facilities

such as buildings, structures, powerlines, buried
utility lines and tanks, picnic areas, marinas,
sublaterals and deliveries, road crossings, railroad
crossings and utility crossings.

• Grid coordinates for major structures such as

pumping plants, flow control stations, tanks,
reservoirs, etc.

• Proposed right-of-way and easement acquisitions

and fencing.

• Geologic exploration holes.

• Location of river thalweg.

• Channel modifications.

September 2007 185

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(b) Topographic Map. A topographic map covering an area

sufficient to accommodate all possible arrangements of structures
and features; normally this should be on a scale of 1 inch equals 50
feet with a contour interval of 1 foot (wetlands are normally flat
areas which require a small contour interval for design and
construction). Show the coordinate system and existing land
survey corner monuments or special control points established for
the topographic survey. Show all manmade features in the
included area.

Show underwater contours (bathymetric chart). Bathymetric

survey should extend a minimum100 feet upstream, 100 feet
downstream, and 100 feet beyond the ends of the wetlands. The
area covered by the Bythymetric survey should be large enough to
cover all alternative sites and site arrangements being evaluated.

(c) Photographs:

(i) Photographs of all existing facilities or structures in the

vicinity of the proposed wetland and close-up views of any
features which may affect designs and/or layouts.
Photographs of structure sites with structure locations
marked in ink.

(ii) Photographs of existing vegetation at the site, vegetation at

any reference sites, and photographs of vegetation proposed
for planting or seeding.

(d) Aerial Photographs. Aerial photographs (size 8 by 10 inches) of

the proposed wetland sites including existing structures.

These photographs should be taken from locations that would best

show the proposed wetland. Where possible, indicate known tie
points to the topographic maps. Aerial photographs from directly
overhead may be beneficial in assessing geologic features when
studied with stereographic methods. Submit the electronic files,
negatives or color slides.

(2) Foundation Data:

(a) General Engineering Requirements. The need for foundation

data should be established by the joint efforts of originating office
personnel and the office(s) providing design services. For major
features it is recommended that a field conference be held,
including an inspection of the site. This conference should result
in a geologic investigations program outlining the need for and
extent of surface and subsurface studies, and other requirements.

186 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

The geologic investigations program must be based on site

conditions and the types of features and structures. The
complexity of the Site will determine the detail of the
investigation.

Sufficient data on foundation conditions must be included to

determine type of excavation materials that will be encountered.
Logs of all drill holes, auger holes, and exploration pits will be
included.

(b) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data

provides general guidelines for the collection and reporting of
geologic information for this type of feature. The geologist should
apply these guidelines with good judgment and sound reasoning,
elaborating upon them as required by the particular geologic
setting and engineering requirements. Because the collection of
geologic data is a dynamic process and often continues into the
preparation of final designs, all stages of the specification design
geologic exploration program must be constantly coordinated with
the designer through the appropriate geology office. The
designated geologic and geophysical staff will provide necessary
assistance and guidance in the gathering of these design data.

(i) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and

non-Reclamation geologic information on the area, with
attention being paid to the sequence of explorations and
historical geologic events.

(ii) Surface geologic map of wetland area showing location of

explorations. Locations of all existing explorations should
be indicated by coordinates or stationing of the permanent
survey control system for the facility.

(iii) Conduct specific foundation exploration at site of all

hydraulic and appurtenant structures.

(iv) Factual narrative description of surficial deposits with

attention being paid to engineering geologic matters, such
as swelling minerals, low-density materials, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, erodibility (see
Engineering Geology Field Manual).

(v) Photographs of representative or particular geologic

conditions.

(vi) Selected determination of engineering properties of

surficial deposits and bedrock by laboratory or field tests.

September 2007 187

Design Data Collection Guidelines

The type and number of samples and tests required should

be determined in cooperation with the design office.

(vii) Summary and data obtained from exploration by

geophysical methods (seismic, resistivity, etc.), if
performed.

(viii) Determine ground water conditions with attention being

paid to water levels and their seasonal fluctuation,
occurrence of unconfined and confined aquifers, water-
producing capabilities, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(ix) Determine depth to impermeable layer.

(x) Determine soil percolation rates (exfiltration and

infiltration).

(xi) Provide logs of explorations.

(xii) Document past, present, and possible future petroleum,

water, and mineral extraction operations in vicinity.

(xiii) Determine geologic conditions which may affect

construction methods such as, boulders on ground surface,
marshes, ground temperatures, and gases. Any potential
surface water runoff problems should be brought to the
attention of a regional hydrologist.

(xiv) Determine soil compaction (density).

(3) Corrosion Survey (if structures are involved):

(a) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in

the area of construction. Additional measurements should be made
in the areas where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic
materials, drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

(b) Performance history of constructed materials that have been used

in the area.

(c) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed

features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity have
corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(d) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in

the earth situated within ¼ mile of the proposed features. If the

188 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the

structure protected and its location.

(e) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product

water.

(4) Construction Materials Data:

(a) Location of and distance to suitable borrow areas for permeable

and impermeable soil materials for fill or embankment; topsoil;
and for riprap for channel or slope protection. If quantities are
limited, give approximate volumes available.

(b) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information

on those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been
selected for final consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(c) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final investigations” in

Concrete Manual).

(d) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling

distance from the structure site.

(e) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider excavated material as a possible source.

(f) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous

tests.

(g) Information, including catalogues from manufacturers within

practical hauling distance from the site, concerning precast
concrete products and brick or other masonry units.

(5) Electrical Data. Data listed below will be required to initiate design of
any facilities requiring electric power. The data furnished should be
sufficient to permit designers to complete the basic design (single-line
diagram) for the required features. After designs have progressed enough
to develop details of electrical system needs, designers will prepare a list
of additional data required to complete final design of electrical
installation:

(a) Names, telephone numbers, email addresses and web sites of

electrical power suppliers and contacts within those organizations.

(b) Location of point where connection to power supply will be made.

September 2007 189

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(c) System voltage at which power will be supplied, number of phases,

and whether service will be overhead or underground.

(d) Electrical system reliability criteria.

(e) Discuss requirements for an alternate power source. If an alternate

supply is required, indicate:

(i) If required by a State or local authority.

(ii) If source should be an engine-generator.

(iii) Other energy sources, fossil fuel, solar, geothermal, wind.

(iv) If a threat to life or property will result if normal power

supply is lost.

(v) Loads requiring service from alternate source.

(f) Requirements for remote monitoring of conditions at the facility.

Discuss location of remote station, and items required to be
monitored.

(g) Requirements for supervisory control, including location of station

from which supervisory control is exercised.

(h) Requirements for voice and data communications between the

supervisory master station and the remote facility.

(i) Electric power for construction (give location, power supplier,

voltage, number of phases, and capacity of existing transmission
lines; power rate schedules; probability of interruption of supply;
and requirements for additional transmission line, if needed).

(6) Construction Considerations:

(a) Construction schedule:

(i) One contract or several contracts.

(ii) Whether construction schedule will be adaptive, (e.g.,

provide a remedy, observe the effects, and then modify
remedy as required).

(b) Recommended period for construction.

(c) Measures which need to be taken prior to construction.

190 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(d) Unusual local pest (termites, borers, etc.) action and recommended
preventive measures.

(e) Allowable in-river materials (permanent and temporary).

(f) Allowable construction methods.

(g) Water for construction purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2-ft3/s diversion flow for
Construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The
Government should obtain the water rights required. If necessary
to use ground water, obtain information on probable sources and
yields. Furnish information on locations and yields of existing
wells in the vicinity. Determine restrictions, if any, to use of
ground water for this purpose. It may be necessary to obtain
permits from State or other governing agencies. Retrieve water
quality samples for testing and evaluation.

(h) Requirements for maintaining stream flow or diversions during

construction and maximum length, time, and number of permitted
interruptions.

(i) Is a construction schedule and/or logic diagram required?

(j) Required permits from government agencies and others.

(k) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping

terminal to the structure site; load restrictions and physical
inadequacies of existing roads and structures and an estimate of
remedial improvements to accommodate construction hauling;
estimate of length and major structures required for new
construction access road; and possible alternative means for
delivering construction materials and equipment to the wetlands
site.

(l) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect
on road condition, air pollution, etc.

(m) Requirements for temporary construction access roads, permanent

access and service roads, and relocation of existing roads or
railroads. Include any limiting requirements imposed by road
owners for public access/haul roads.

(n) Comments on disposal of special excavation problem materials

such as lignite.

September 2007 191

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(o) Give borrow area and temporary haul road restoration

requirements such as stockpiling of top soil, grading of the area,
general cleanup, etc.

(p) Give consideration to using required excavated material in lieu of

material from other borrow sources wherever possible.

(q) Requirements for meeting criteria for suppression of nitrogen,

adequate oxygen levels, and temperature control and control of
turbidity during construction.

(r) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as:

water supply, sewage disposal, telephone utility, and fire
protection services for construction. Names telephone numbers,
email addresses and web sites of local utilities and contacts within
those organizations.

(s) Disposal areas for excess excavated materials.

(7) Cost Data:

(a) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements. Include supporting

data.

(b) Total anticipated construction budget if known.

(c) If potential actions exceed anticipated funding, should the cost

estimate reflect incremental costs of potential actions? Provide
any known increment or arrangement of the incremental costs.

(d) Estimates of cost for clearing construction area and for removing
or replacing private improvements in the area. Include supporting
data.

(e) Estimates of cost for relocating railroads, highways, roads, water

systems, and other public utilities from site. Include supporting
data. Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by
the prime contractor, and if disposal will be the contractor’s
responsibility, designate building groups by number and furnish
detailed list of buildings for each group. Details should include
general description, size, materials, and general condition.
Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of prime contractor.
If not, submit dates when disposition will be completed by others.

(f) Information on important construction work in progress or planned

in the vicinity (including upstream and downstream of the site).

192 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands

(g) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of

kinds, size, and density of growth. State recommended method of
payment; i.e., lump-sum price for specific area with defined limits,
or unit price per acre for specific area whose limits may change
during construction. If there is a variation in the density of growth
or in the difficulty of clearing operations for the designated area to
be cleared, the work should be segregated into not more than three
items with the limits of respective areas clearly established. If
vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or is such as can be removed
without special equipment or separate operations, the cost of
clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or
prices bid for other items of work.

(h) Local freight or trucking rates.

(8) Right-of-Way. Show the following data:

(a) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for construction purposes.

(b) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for access purposes.

(c) Designation of areas within right-of-way boundaries for the

following special purposes:

(i) Disposal of waste material.

(ii) Contractor's plant, storage, and other incidental purposes.

(iii) Borrow sources.

(iv) Government’s construction facilities (if applicable).

(d) Existing private or public easements and right-of-way across or

adjacent to the construction area.

(9) Miscellaneous Data:

(a) Security requirements for protection of equipment from vandalism

or sabotage. Recommended specific measures to meet anticipated
conditions such as 7-foot yard fence topped with barbed wire,
security lighting, electronic surveillance equipment, etc.

September 2007 193

Design Data Collection Guidelines

Table 1 – Water quality monitoring parameters

Water Quality Monitoring – Selected parameter groups Technical Service Center, 86-68520, January 10, 2007
Series Symbol Parameter Description
A. 1. Flow Rate (Q) stream gauge, weir, or flume Site flow and weather
2. Water Depth field record or staff gauge measurements
3. Air Temperature field measurement
4. Atmos. Pressure field barometer reading
5. Weather filed note observations
B. 1. Water Temp. field measurement Basic field or continuous
2. DO field Dissolved Oxygen monitoring methods
3. pH field / lab pH meter units
4. EC field / lab Specific Conductivity
C. 1. NO3 + NO2 as N Dissolved nitrate+nitrite (as N) Nutrients and algae
2. NH3 as N total Ammonia (as N) growth indicators
3. TKN as N total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
4. SRP-PO4 soluble ortho-Phosphate
5. TDP total dissolved Phosphorus
6. TP total (unfiltered), Phosphorus
7. Chlorophyll a total - phytoplankton filter
D. 1. Turbidity Standard turbidity units Organics and particulate
2. TSS Total Suspended Solids matter indicators
3. VSS Volatile Solids, TSS
4. BOD5 Biochemical Oxygen Demand
5. COD Chemical Oxidation Demand
6. TOC Total Organic Carbon
7. DOC Dissolved Organic Carbon
E. 1. Alkalinity meq CO3+HCO3 Major ions and inorganic
2. Carbonate total CO3 titration chemistry parameters
3. Bicarbonate total HCO3 titration
4. TDS total dissolved solids
5. Na dissolved Sodium
6. K dissolved Potassium
7. Ca dissolved Calcium
8. Mg dissolved Magnesium
9. SO4 dissolved Sulfate
10. Cl dissolved Chloride
11. SiO2 dissolved Silica
12. F dissolved Fluoride
13. B dissolved Boron
F. 1. Fecal Coliform unfiltered, std. micro. test Enteric bacteria
2. Enterococci unfiltered, std. micro. test indicators
3. E. Coli unfiltered, std. micro. test
G. 1. Fe total Iron Metals and trace
2. Mn total Manganese elements
3. Cu total Copper
4. Ni total Nickel
5. Zn total Zinc
6. Cr total Chromium
7. Cd total Cadmium
8. Pb total Lead
9. Hg total Mercury
10. As total Arsenic
11. Se total Selenium
Notes: The parameters represent common water quality indicators. Actual monitoring should be adjusted to study objectives.
Other methods may apply to specific site conditions or topics of interest. Refer to applicable sampling, preservation,
analytical standard methods, and quality control procedures.

194 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands (Definitions)

DEFINITIONS (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency)

• Basin – A drainage basin is a region of land where water from rain or snowmelt drains
downhill into a body of water, such as a river, lake, dam, estuary, wetland, sea or ocean.
The drainage basin includes both the streams and rivers that convey the water as well as
the land surfaces from which water drains into those channels. The drainage basin acts
like a funnel – collecting all the water within the area covered by the basin and
channeling it into a waterway. Each drainage basin is separated topographically from
adjacent basins by a ridge, hill or mountain, which is known as a water divide or a
watershed.

• Bog– A bog is a wetland type that accumulates acidic peat, a deposit of dead plant
material.

• Creation – Construction of a wetland in an area that was not a wetland in the recent past
(within the last 100-200 years) and that is isolated from existing wetlands (i.e., not
directly adjacent).

• Enhancement – The modification of specific structural features of an existing wetland to

increase one or more functions based on management objectives typically done by
modifying site elevations or the portion of open water. Although this term implies gain
or improvement, a positive change in one wetland function may negatively affect other
wasteland functions.

• Mitigation – Refers to the restoration, creation, or enhancement of wetlands to

compensate for permitted wetland losses.

• Establishment – The manipulation of the physical chemical or biological characteristics

present to develop a wetland that did not previously exist.

• Marsh – A marsh is a type of wetland, featuring grasses, rushes, reeds, typhas, sedges,
cat tails, and other herbaceous plants (possibly with low-growing woody plants) in a
context of shallow water. A marsh is different from a swamp, which is dominated by
trees rather than grasses and low herbs. The water of a marsh can be fresh, brackish or
saline.

• Playas – Playa lakes are round hollows in the ground in the Southern High Plains of the
United States. They are ephemeral, meaning that they are only present at certain times of
the year.

• Prairie potholes – Prairie potholes are depressional wetlands (primarily freshwater

marshes) found most often in the upper Midwest, especially North Dakota, South Dakota,
Wisconsin, and Minnesota. This formerly glaciated landscape is pockmarked with an
immense number of potholes, which fill with snowmelt and rain in the spring. Some
prairie pothole marshes are temporary, while others may be essentially permanent. Here
a pattern of rough concentric circles develops. Submerged and floating aquatic plants

September 2007 195

Design Data Collection Guidelines

take over the deeper water in the middle of the pothole while bulrushes and cattails grow
closer to shore. Wet, sedgy marshes lie next to the upland.

• Protection/Maintenance – The removal of a threat to, or preventing decline of wetland

conditions by an action in or near a wetland. Includes purchase of land or easement,
repairing water control structures or fences, or structural protection such as repairing a
barrier island. This term also includes activities commonly associated with the term
preservation. Protection/Maintenance does not result in a gain of wetland acres or
function.

• Swamps – A wetland that features permanent inundation of large areas of land by

shallow bodies of water, generally with a substantial number of hummocks, or dry-land
protrusions. Swamps are usually regarded as including a large amount of woody
vegetation. When a wetland area does not include such vegetation, it is usually termed a
marsh.

• Reallocation or replacement – Applies when most or all of a wetland is converted to a

different type of wetland.

• Restoration – The term indicates that degraded and destroyed natural wetland systems
will be reestablished to sites where they once existed. But, what wetland ecosystems are
we talking about? How far back in time should we go to find target ecosystems? Is
establishing any type of wetland enough to be called "restoration"?

o Re-establishment – Restoration should reestablish insofar as possible the

ecological integrity of degraded aquatic ecosystems

o Rehabilitation –The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological

characteristics of a site with the goal of repairing natural/historic functions of
degraded wetland. Rehabilitation results in a gain in wetland function, but does
not result in a gain in wetland acres

o Guiding principles:

ƒ Preserve and protect aquatic resources.

ƒ Restore ecological integrity – Restoration strives for the greatest progress

toward ecological integrity achievable within the current limits of the
water shed by using designs that favor the natural processes and
communities that have sustained native ecosystems through time.

ƒ Restore natural structure – Restoring the original site morphology and

other; physical attributes is essential to the success of other aspects of the
project, such as improving water quality and binging back native biota.

196 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
16. Wetlands (Definitions)

ƒ Restore natural function – It is essential to identify what functions should

be present and make missing or impaired functions priorities in the
restoration. Verifying whether desired functions have been reestablished
can be a good way to determine whether the restoration project has
succeeded.

ƒ Broader context – Requires a design based on the entire watershed.

ƒ Natural potential of the watershed – requires knowledge of historical range

of conditions that existed on the site prior to degradation and what future
conditions might be.

ƒ Ongoing causes of degradation – identify the causes of degradation and

eliminate or remediate ongoing stresses wherever possible. It is important
to look at upstream and up-slope activities.

ƒ Develop clear and achievable measurable goals –

ƒ Anticipate future changes

ƒ Design for self-sustainability

ƒ Use passive restoration when appropriate – i.e., simply reducing or

eliminating the sources of degradation and allowing recovery time.
Restoring the hydrologic regime may be enough to let time re-establish the
native plant community, with its associated habitat value. Relies on
natural processes over time.

ƒ Restore native species and avoid non-native species.

ƒ Use natural fixes and bioengineering techniques, where possible – create

wetlands to treat storm water, to restore vegetation on river banks, to
enhance natural decontamination of runoff.

ƒ Monitor and adapt.

• Vernal pools – A vernal pool is usually a shallow, natural depression in level ground,
with no permanent above-ground outlet, that holds water seasonally. They could
colloquially be referred to as temporary wetlands. In the Northeast United States (Maine,
Massachusetts, and perhaps others) vernal pools fill with the rising water table or with the
melt water and rain of spring. Many vernal pools in the northeast are covered with ice in
the winter.

September 2007 197

Design Data Collection Guidelines

17. Bridges. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines
contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request,
design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and
submittal.

The following data and information are required for specifications (final) design of
vehicular bridges. This document can be used to request design data for railroad and
pedestrian bridges along with buried box, round, or arch culverts to be constructed under
roadways. These buried structures qualify as bridges under the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials.

AASHTO's definition of a bridge is as follows: “a structure including supports erected

over a depression or an obstruction, such as water, highway, or railway, and having a
track or passageway for carrying traffic or other moving loads, and having an opening
measured along the center of the roadway of more than 20 feet between undercopings of
abutments or spring lines of arches, or extreme ends of openings for multiple boxes; it
may also include multiple pipes, where the clear distance between openings is less than
half of the smaller contiguous opening.”

A. General Map showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) A legend of symbols used for existing and constructed facilities.

(3) The location of the structure site, alignment of the roadway, highway,
access road or railway.

(4) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads and shipping points, public and
private utilities such as electric power, telephone lines, pipelines, etc.,
transmission lines, substations, canals, dams, rivers and streams, stream-
gauging stations (required only for bridges crossing rivers or streams),
county, township, range, and section lines.

(5) Locations of potential construction and permanent access roads, detour

routes and major crossings.

(6) Locations of borrow areas for natural construction materials, location of

commercial quarries, and disposal areas for waste excavation.

(7) Location of contractor's staging areas, storage of construction materials,

sites for stockpiling soil.

(8) Limits of construction or physical boundaries of the proposed bridge site,

such as restrictions to land uses, easement and right-of-way.

198 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

(9) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, possible use and future maintenance of the proposed bridge
such as: recreation areas, fish and wildlife areas, building areas, and areas
of archeological, historical and mining or paleontological interest. The
locations of these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the
agency most concerned; for example, Reclamation, NPS, or FWS.

(10) Sources of construction power and potable water to be used for

construction.

(11) Scale on the general map should be adequate to clearly show listed details
and north arrow.

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. There should be a narrative of the

project area, which includes a brief description of the surrounding area,
the size of the nearest population centers, the condition of bridges and
other structures and roads. This description shall include the following (if
available):

(a) Location (structure name, structure number, state, county or route

number, distance to nearest city or town, etc).

(b) Project description (new structure, replacement, or modification

required due to necessary improvements, etc.).

(c) Site description (information relating to access for possible site

visit by the design team, access for foundation exploration, and
construction, and access limitations due to environmental
restrictions, etc.).

(d) Weather and climate conditions that may affect design or

construction (temperature extremes, local building code
requirements for wind velocities, snow and ice loading, etc.).
Rainfall intensity at the site for an estimated 25-year return period
event simulated into 5-minute duration increments.

(e) Utilities such as powerlines, waterlines, or telephone lines that

require installation on the bridge superstructure or are in the
vicinity and may be impacted by the project. Include names,
telephone numbers, and internet and email addresses of the local
utilities and names of contacts within their organization.

(f) Provide copies of relevant correspondence to and from

stakeholders such as Federal, State or local agencies or private
entities. These stakeholders input may have an impact in the

September 2007 199

Design Data Collection Guidelines

design reviews or permitting process. Provide name of contact

person, address, telephone number, internet and email address for
potential direct contact by the design team.

(g) Provide copies of previous reports or studies that have been

prepared by Reclamation or by others.

(h) For bridges crossing rivers or streams, describe waterway

condition that may affect design, construction, and operation and
maintenance procedures.

(i) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping

terminal to the structure site; load restrictions and physical
inadequacies of existing roads and structures and an estimate of
remedial improvements to accommodate construction hauling; and
possible alternative means for delivering construction materials
and equipment at the structure site.

(j) Local freight or trucking rates.

(k) Estimated construction timeframes (limitations imposed by such

items as traffic, environmental concerns and weather).

(l) Detour requirements and how construction may be staged.

C. Surface Data:

(1) Survey Control. Survey control is required for all surveys including
surveys associated with aerial photography. Show coordinate system and
existing land survey monuments and special control points established for
the survey. All preceding survey work and all subsequent survey work,
including topography and location, and ground surface elevations of
subsurface exploration, should be revised to conform with the permanent
control system.

All points contained in the electronic files should have coordinates for
northing and easting and values which correspond to the ground level
elevations. Specify the vertical datum, such as National Geodetic Vertical
Datum (NGVD), and the horizontal datum, such as the State Plane
Coordinates (NAD83) along with epoch date.

Legends should show grid factors and reduction to sea level factor, or a
combination of the two.

Feasibility phase: Tying to the State plane coordinate system is

recommended.

200 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

Specifications phase: Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control

should be established at the earliest possible time. The coordinate system
should be related to a State or national coordinate system.

(2) Topographic Map. When the horizontal alignment of the proposed

bridge is known, the topographic map should embrace a minimum area of
100 feet upstream and 100 feet downstream and 100 feet beyond the ends
of the structure. This area may have to be enlarged to cover any alternate
alignments being evaluated or specific construction items such as cut and
fill limits and channel modifications. Generally, both a map and an
electronic file, in AutoCAD or compatible format, of the topography
covering the structure site should be provided. The topographic map
should be plotted to a scale of 1 inch equals 10 feet to 1 inch equals
20 feet with a maximum contour interval of 2-feet (if the project area is
flat or small, a 1-foot contour interval may be required). Elsewhere, larger
contour intervals may be acceptable. The location and identification of all
subsurface explorations should be shown on the map. Details to be
included are:

(a) Proposed bridge location.

(b) Underwater contours.

(c) Locate and identify existing site features which would be

important design information such as roads, parking, turnarounds,
buildings, structures, power lines, buried utility lines,
campgrounds, picnic areas, springs, marsh areas, overflow
channels, channel changes, edge of water, high water marks, types
of vegetative cover, large boulders, exposed rock, etc.

(d) Existing right-of-way and proposed acquisition of additional right-

of-way should be discussed.

(e) Provide a profile along the existing or proposed road centerline

extending at least 500 feet beyond the ends of the bridge. The
profile should be plotted to a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 20
feet. Indicate recommended grade; elevations of extreme low,
present and extreme high water; elevations of the stream bottom in
the vicinity of the proposed piers or abutments; and type of
foundation material underlying the substructure locations.

(f) Provide water surface elevations on the date of the survey and a
thalweg of the stream bottom where practical for a minimum
distance of 500 feet upstream and 500 feet downstream from the
centerline of the proposed bridge. These profiles should be plotted
to a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet and a vertical scale
equals 10 feet.

September 2007 201

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(g) Provide at least four cross sections of the stream. Sections should
be taken immediately upstream and downstream of the structure,
and the other sections should be taken at each end of the stream
profile. These cross sections should be typical of the stream.
Indicate the elevations of low, present, and high water.

(3) Aerial Photographs. Aerial photographs (9-inch by 9-inch color infrared

photos at 1:24,000 scale) of the bridge site. The purpose of the aerial
views is to permit early preparation of an artist's rendition of the bridge
and to permit a study of the environmental impact of the structure. Later
such renditions or drawings may be used for inclusion in specifications or
for other purposes.

(4) Photographs. Digital color photographs of all existing facilities or

structures in the vicinity of the proposed bridge site with close-up views of
any features which may affect designs. These photographs should be
taken to best show the proposed structure and, if possible, indicate known
tie points to the topographic maps.

(a) All photos should be keyed to the site map. Photos should show
problem or hazardous areas, location of the proposed bridge,
location of possible access points to the site from existing routes,
and close ups of existing features such as buildings and other
structures. These photos should also show favorable offsite views
that should be preserved and considered when determining bridge
location.

D. Foundation Investigation Data:

(1) General Engineering Requirements. The need for foundation data

should be established by originating office personnel with assistance from
the region and TSC representatives. For major bridge structures and
unusual or difficult road alignments, it is recommended that an onsite
inspection and a field conference be held.

The purpose of performing foundation investigations is to determine the

elevation of suitable foundation materials to support the bridge abutments
and piers. The foundation investigations help determine the profile of the
subsurface materials in the areas of the abutments or piers and show
graphic logs of the subsurface exploration. Although some foundation
investigation is usually required for all structures, in some cases an
extensive exploration program may not be necessary for smaller buried
structures.

The TSC design team will prepare preliminary bridge design layouts and a
field exploration request. The TSC geologic and geophysical staff will

202 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

work with the appropriate field staff and provide necessary assistance and
guidance in the gathering of these design data.

(2) Geologic Data. The following list of geologic design data provides
general guidelines for the collection and reporting of geologic information
for bridges. The data should reflect a recognition and consideration of the
scope and size of bridge structure anticipated. The geologist should apply
these guidelines with good judgment and sound reasoning, elaborating
upon them as required by the particular geologic setting and engineering
requirements. Because the collection of geologic data is a dynamic
process and often continues into the preparation of final designs, all stages
of the specification design geologic exploration program must be
constantly coordinated with the designer through the appropriate geology
office.

(a) A description of the regional geology.

(b) Compilation, summary, and reporting of Reclamation and non-

Reclamation geologic information on the area with attention being
paid to the sequence of explorations and historical geologic events.

(c) A surface geologic map of the bridge site, plotted on the

topographic map of the bridge site, showing surface geology and
the location of geologic sections, soil profiles, and of all subsurface
explorations, including coordinates or stationing.

(d) A description and interpretation of site geology including physical

quality and geologic structure of the foundation strata, seasonal
ground water, ground subsidence, existing and potential landslide,
snowslide and rock fall areas, surface water runoff; and
engineering geologic interpretations appropriate to the structure
involved, including the conditions expected during excavation and
construction.

(e) Geologic logs of all subsurface exploration. An exploratory drill

hole is required at each critical bridge foundation element
(abutment or pier). The coordinate location and ground surface
elevation of all existing and subsequent exploratory drill holes
should conform to the permanent survey control system.

(f) Exploratory drill holes should be at least 50 feet long or extend

10 feet into competent bedrock. Logs shall include split tube blow
counts at a minimum of 5-foot intervals.

(g) Geologic cross sections, with detailed soil profiles as required,

showing known and interpreted subsurface conditions. Soil

September 2007 203

Design Data Collection Guidelines

classification in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification

System.

(h) Digital color photographs of pertinent geologic and topographic

features of the terrain.

(i) Selected determination of engineering properties of surficial

deposits and bedrock by laboratory or field tests (in-place density,
penetration resistance, permeability, shear strength, and
consolidation or expansion characteristics, etc.). The type and
number of samples and tests required should be determined in
cooperation with the TSC.

(j) Samples of foundation strata as needed for visual examination or

laboratory testing. Test pits and results of material testing should
be included.

(k) For bridges over rivers and streams, in-stream material samples to
determine D50 for scour analysis.

(l) Soil survey to determine suitability of soils and type of materials to

be used for backfill behind bridge abutments and wing walls.

(m) Determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be

late Pleistocene or Holocene, to assist in the determination of the
seismic loading by design specialists in the TSC.

(n) Determine ground water conditions with attention being paid to

water levels and their seasonal fluctuation occurrence of
unconfined and confined aquifers, potential seepage areas, water-
producing capabilities, chemistry, and land subsidence.

(o) Determine geologic conditions which may affect construction

methods such as, boulders on ground surface, marshes, drilling
conditions, and stability of grout or footing holes, ground
temperatures, gases. Any potential surface water runoff problems
should be brought to the attention of a regional hydrologist

(3) Engineering Data:

(a) Surficial soils (see Earth Manual, latest edition). Note geologic
sections and soil profiles in (2) (c) above.

• A classification, in accordance with the Unified Soil

Classification System, of the soil in each major strata.

204 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

• A description of the undisturbed state of the soil in each

major strata.

• A delineation of the lateral extent and thickness of critical,

competent, poor, or potentially unstable strata, including
swelling minerals, gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, etc.,
in foundations and excavation slopes, (especially those to
be permanently exposed).

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the strata, such as density,
permeability, shear strength, and consolidation or
expansion characteristics; and the effect of structure load,
changes in moisture, and fluctuations or permanent rise of
ground water on these properties.

• A determination by tests of the corrosive properties and

sulfate content of the soil and ground water

(b) Bedrock (see Engineering Geology Field Manual). Note geologic

sections and soil profiles in (2) (c) above.

• A contour map of the top of bedrock. A description of

thickness of weathered, altered, fractured, or otherwise
softened zones and other structural weaknesses and
discontinuities.

• A delineation of structurally weak, pervious, and

potentially unstable zones and strata of soft rock and/or soil
in foundations and excavation slopes (especially those to be
permanently exposed) with attention being paid to
engineering matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, etc.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the bedrock such as density,
absorption, permeability, shear strength, and strain
characteristics; and the effect of structure load, changes in
moisture, and fluctuations or permanent rise of ground
water on those properties

E. Hydrologic Data (required for bridges crossing rivers and streams):

(1) Annual periodic fluctuations of stream or river water levels.

(2) Flood frequency design flows for 50 and 100 year intervals.

September 2007 205

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(3) Estimated water surface elevations on date of survey.

(4) Provide a profile of the centerline of the river or stream bottom where
practical for a minimum distance of 500 feet upstream and 500 feet
downstream from the centerline of the proposed bridge structure. The
profile should be plotted to a horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 50 feet and
a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 10 feet.

(5) Provide at least three cross sections of the stream. One section should be
taken at or near the centerline of the bridge and the other sections at each
end of the stream profile. These cross sections should be typical of the
stream. Indicate the elevations of low, present, and high water.

(6) Drainage area located upstream of the bridge site.

(7) Include information on any existing downstream natural barriers or river

control works affecting tailwater and available data on past degradation or
aggradation of stream channel and possibility of future changes.

(8) Where unwatering of a bridge site adjacent to a stream or lake is required,

give maximum water levels expected during the construction period and
the possibility of controlling water levels by operation of upstream or
downstream facilities.

(9) Information for preparation of specifications hydrographs at the TSC,

including the location of gauging stations at or near the structure site and
the dates for which hydrographs should be prepared. Copies of the daily
discharge record should be supplied for stations with unpublished records.

(10) Anticipated occurrence and amounts of sediment, ice (thickness), and drift
(trash).

(11) Analysis of water for chemical and physical characteristics and biological
quality. Analysis should include a water quality analysis of intake water
to include major ions and cations, corrosivity, and parameters listed as
maximum contaminant limits in the Surface Water Treatment Rule, Safe
Drinking Water Act.

(12) Erosion protection requirements and calculated scour depths, which will
be used for support structure foundation design.

F. Design Standards: For vehicular bridges, the design code is the AASHTO
LRFD Design Specifications published by AASHTO. Applicable state design
standards will also be followed when these requirements are more stringent than
AASHTO’s. The following is a list of the types of facilities carried by the bridge
structures that are designed at the TSC.

206 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

(1) Highways and roads open to the public.

(a) New bridge designs shall be based on construction to current

standards where traffic count and other considerations show
justification. Bridge clear widths on public roads shall meet
requirements of State, county, city, or local entity standards for the
road classification.

(b) Replacement in kind shall be used where the existing bridge design
live load and roadway width are equivalent to current standards
and are considered adequate or where there is no justification for
upgrading to higher or current standards.

(c) Live load requirements higher than current standards shall be used
only when there is a special need or consideration. An example is
heavy construction vehicle traffic.

(2) Access roads. Designs shall be based on AASHTO design guidelines for
access roads with modifications for unusual circumstances such as the
need for higher standards due to the magnitude of the project, special haul
problems, recreation needs, etc.

(3) Recreation roads. Relocated roads, highways, or access roads intended for
recreation purposes or which will contribute to such purposes may be
constructed to higher standards with justifications, and shall be fully
identified and described, including the proposed standards, at the
feasibility design.

(4) Railroads. Designs shall be based on replacement in kind with

consideration given to higher standards as required by AREMA.

(5) Repair and rehabilitation of existing bridges. Designs shall be based on

restoration to original load capacity unless there is justification for
upgrading to current standards.

(6) Modification of existing bridges. Widening, lengthening, earthquake

retrofit, permit load strengthening, or installing other features (fencing,
railing, etc) to existing bridges shall have justification and shall be fully
identified and described, including proposed standards.

(7) Other unique purpose. They shall be fully identified and described,
including proposed standards.

(8) Pedestrian access bridges are to be designed in accordance with

AASHTO’s Guide Specifications for Pedestrian Bridges.

September 2007 207

Design Data Collection Guidelines

G. User and Operating Data:

(1) For road and highways:

(a) Number of traffic lanes, including shoulders.

(b) Typical roadway cross section.

(c) Pedestrian sidewalk requirements.

(d) Design loading other than HS20, load limits.

(e) Deck protection or rehabilitation – thickness and type of surfacing,

or future surfacing, i.e. asphalt overlays.

(f) For rehabilitation or replacement – existing structure information

including as-built drawings, the condition of concrete, steel, and
timber material, etc.

(g) For replacement – the disposal of old bridge.

(h) Existing cross drainage structures located within the proposed

construction site, including hydraulic requirements.

(2) Current and future activities and needs: The current and future road
classification. The future classification from the county or State
Department of Transportation responsible for road maintenance. Include
type of equipments or vehicles that will cross the bridge.

(3) For railroad bridges:

(a) Track classification, type of service, limiting grades and curvature,

design load limits, other operating limitations or requirements, and
typical roadbed section showing depth and type of ballast, weight
of rail, size, spacing, and type of tie.

(b) Information on operating facilities, such as communication or

signal lines. Provide a point of contact and phone number for the
railroad.

(4) Utility requirements of the user (water, electricity, sewer).

H. Miscellaneous Data: The bridge roadway design cross section should be

coordinated with the required cross section for roadways or railroads. See
Section 7 G (1) for typically required data for roadways or railroads. In addition,
plan and profile drawings showing the following should be provided:

208 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

(1) For highway or road bridges, the plan and profile drawings (prepared in
electronic format and plotted on 22 inches by 34 inches, Architectural D,
with horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet and vertical scale of 1 inch
equals 10 feet) showing:

(a) Horizontal position of road centerline with complete curve

information, right-of-way lines, existing road for 500 feet each
way from points of intersection, and any survey ties.

(b) Vertical position on road centerline of the original ground line,

new subgrade (with complete information on grades, elevations,
and vertical curves), existing road surface for 500 feet each way
from points of intersection, and any survey ties or datum equations.

(c) Location, type, and nominal dimensions of all required structures

(bridges, culverts, etc.).

(d) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new bridge.

(e) Location of protective ditches and dikes.

(f) Location of guardrails, guard posts, or delineators.

(g) Location and type of right-of-way fences and gates.

(2) For railroad bridges, the plan and profile drawings (prepared in electronic
format and plotted on 22 inches by 34 inches, Architectural D, with
horizontal scale of 1 inch equals 200 feet and vertical scale 1 inch equals
20 feet) showing:

(a) Horizontal position of track centerline with complete curve and

spiral information, right-of-way lines, existing track for 1,000 feet
each way from points of connection, and any survey ties.

(b) Vertical position on track centerline of original ground line, new

subgrade (with complete information on grades, elevations, and
vertical curves), existing subgrade for 1,000 feet each way from
points of connection, and any survey ties or datum equations.

(c) Location, type, and nominal dimensions of all required structures

and operating facilities (bridges, culverts, ditches, passing tracks,
sidings, motorcar set-offs, etc.).

(d) Location of any existing intersecting facilities, watercourses, or

other physical features affecting the new line.

September 2007 209

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(e) Location of protective ditches and dikes.

(f) Location and type of right-of-way fencing and gate

I. Construction Materials Data Including:

(1) Location and estimated available quantities: Distance to suitable borrow

areas for permeable and impermeable soil materials required for fill or
embankment; distance to quarry or stockpile for riprap required for
channel or slope protection. If quantities are limited, give approximate
volumes available.

(2) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.).

(3) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual.)

(4) Data on commercial concrete and precast concrete plants within practical
hauling distance from the bridge site.

(5) Estimated quantities for all construction schedule items which cannot
readily be determined in design office, i.e., earthwork (common and rock),
overhaul of roadway excavation with free-haul distance, riprap guardrail,
culverts, and right-of-way fencing and gates.

(6) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous tests

conducted at the TSC.

(7) Geologic data describing construction materials to be obtained from

commercial sources.

J. Cost Data:

(1) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements. Include supporting data.

(2) Information on local labor supply and labor problems.

(3) Information on important construction works in progress or planned in the

vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors in the
area.

(4) Estimates of cost for relocating public utilities within the construction
area. Include supporting data.

210 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

(5) Estimates of cost for removal of buildings and other structures within the
construction area. Include a general description and recommended
disposal of the structures.

(6) Provide any pertinent cost estimates or information that has been prepared
or obtained by Reclamation or the owner. The cost estimates shall include
a description or outline of estimating methods and data used.

(7) Designated areas to be cleared of vegetation, with description of kinds,

size, and density of growth. State recommended method of payment, i.e.,
lump-sum price for area with defined limits or unit price per acre for area
with limits subject to change during construction. Use separate payment
items for clearly defined areas differing in growth density and difficulty of
clearing operations. If vegetation to be cleared is very sparse or can be
removed without special equipment or separate operations, the cost of
clearing should be included in the prices bid for excavation or prices bid
for other appropriate items of work

K. Environmental Considerations. Implementation of design features should be

consistent with the environmental commitments listed in the project’s NEPA
compliance document. Implementation of design features should be consistent
with agreements reached between Interior bureaus, Federal agencies, and other
governmental agencies.

Design data should include, as a minimum, a brief description of the

environmental resources that could be affected by the proposed development.
The emphasis should be on those areas within the range of alternatives open to the
designers in developing a railroad or highway relocation, an access road
alignment, or a bridge structural design. The following items should also be
considered in preparing design data:

(1) Cultural (historical, archeological, architectural, and paleontological)

resources along or adjacent to any potential alignment.

(2) The need for blending the bridge structure with the surroundings and the
need for restoring and for reseeding cuts and fills.

(3) Comment on any ecological, aesthetic, or other environmental aspects

peculiar to this location which would affect the bridge layout or roadway
approaches.

(4) Indicate the suitability and possibility of present or future use of land
adjacent to Reclamation facilities by the public for recreation, hobbies,
sports, leisure, education, health, housing, etc. Provide data on zoning
regulations and subdivision proposals.

September 2007 211

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(5) Furnish data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the proposed
bridge where fixed by law or local ordinance, or where otherwise
considered necessary or advisable; measurements of existing daytime and
nighttime ambient noise levels in the area; and distances to the nearest
residential units.

(6) Identify special environmental compliance requirements including water

quality standards such as suppression of nitrogen, adequate oxygen levels,
and temperature control and control of turbidity during construction;
preservation of existing growth adjacent to construction; obliteration of
temporary or abandoned roadways and restoration to original appearance;
dust abatement, etc. Give recommendations on steps to be taken to meet
these requirements.

(7) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(8) Background on the need for fish protection and passage during
construction at stream crossings.

(9) Recommendations or commitments to maintain specific flow requirements

for biological and/or recreational resources.

(10) Any threatened and/or endangered critical habitat in/or adjacent to the
potential alignments.

(11) The need for game/livestock protection, including crossings, fencing, etc.

(12) Wildlife, wetlands, required environmental permits, construction window,

traffic restrictions, and detour requirements.

(13) Comment on disposal of material from clearing operations. Consider

State and local burning regulations, burying or chipping of materials, and
maximum utilization of merchantable timber.

(14) Limitations that may affect in-stream construction, foundation

investigation work. Restrictions for encroaching onto the waterway for
placing falsework, cofferdams, sheet piles, etc.

(15) Erosion and sediment control.

(16) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(17) Review of designs by other agencies.

212 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
17. Bridges

(18) Railroad, highway, or access road clearing plan to consider fish and
wildlife requirements.

(19) Anticipated public use of Reclamation access roads.

(20) State and local building codes when applicable.

(21) Water for construction purposes.

(22) Applicable permits and monitoring requirements.

L. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual
DM Part 444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is
required.

September 2007 213

Design Data Collection Guidelines

18. Removal of Dams and Hydroelectric Facilities. (A design data collection section has
not been prepared for these features. Until a section is prepared, the following reference
should be used, “Guidelines for Retirement of Dams and Hydroelectric Facilities,” Task
Committee on Guidelines for Retirement of Dams and Hydroelectric Facilities, American
Society of Civil Engineers (1997)).

The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection guidelines contains
additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection request, design
data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection and submittal.

214 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

19. Water Treatment Plants. The Introduction (Chapter 1) for these design data collection
guidelines contains additional information concerning: preparing a design data collection
request, design data collection requirements, and coordinating the design data collection
and submittal.

The following is a list of possible data required for specifications design of water
treatment facilities. The size and complexity of the process system and structures should
govern the amount and detail of the design data required.

A. General Map Showing:

(1) A key map locating the general map area within the State.

(2) The plant site and other applicable construction areas.

(3) Existing towns, highways, roads, railroads, public utilities (electric power,
telephone lines, pipelines, etc.), streams, stream-gauging stations, canals,
drainage channels.

(4) Existing or potential areas or features having a bearing on the design,

construction, operation, or management of the project feature such as:
recreation areas; fish and wildlife areas; building areas; and areas of
archeological, historical, and mining or paleontological interest. The
locations of these features should bear the parenthetical reference to the
agency most concerned: for example Reclamation.

(5) County lines, township lines, range lines, and section lines.

(6) Locations of construction access roads, permanent roads, and sites for
required construction facilities.

(7) Sources of natural construction materials and disposal areas for waste
material, including the extent of mitigation required.

(a) Location of disposal areas for debris, sediment, sludge, and spent
chemicals from cleaning or storage solutions.

(8) Water sources to be treated such as surface water or underground water.

(9) Location of potential waste areas (i.e., channels).

(10) Brine disposal ponds.

(a) Location of disposal ponds.

(b) Location of channels and storage locations for brines, sludge, and
chemicals.

September 2007 215

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(c) Locations of disposal areas for pond residue waste material.

(11) Scale of general map should be adequate to clearly show listed details.

B. General Description of Local Conditions Covering:

(1) The approximate distance from the nearest railroad shipping terminal to
the structure site; load restrictions and physical inadequacies of existing
roads and structures and an estimate of remedial improvements to
accommodate construction hauling; estimate of length and major
structures required for new construction access road; and possible
alternative means for delivering construction materials and equipment at
the structure site.

(2) Availability of housing and other facilities in nearest towns, requirements

for a construction camp, and need for permanent buildings for operating
personnel.

(3) Availability or accessibility of public facilities or utilities such as: water

supply; sewage disposal; telephone utility; fire protection services; and
electric power for construction.

(4) Climatic conditions that will affect construction and operation and
maintenance procedures such as: amount, rate, and distribution of rain
and/or snow; ice conditions; monthly maximum and minimum (or at least
summer and winter) temperatures, and relative humidity; extreme wind
velocities and prevailing directions; and probability of excessive dust or
sand.

(5) Names, telephone numbers, email addresses and web sites of local
utilities; and contacts within those organizations.

(6) Copies of existing feasibility, planning or assessment reports.

(7) Permits or permit requirements and any past permit violations or

exeedences.

(8) State and local building codes when applicable.

C. Surface Data:

(1) Survey Control. Permanent horizontal and vertical survey control should
be established at the earliest possible time. A coordinate system on a true
north-south grid should be established with the origin located so that all of
the features (including borrow areas) at a major structure will be in one
quadrant, and so that the values of the coordinates for any major structure
are widely separated numerically. The coordinate system should be

216 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

related to a State or national coordinate system, if available. All preceding

survey work, including topography and location and ground surface
elevation of subsurface exploration, should be corrected to agree with the
permanent control system; and all subsequent survey work, including
location and ground surface elevation of subsurface exploration, should be
based on the permanent control.

All line surveys should be tied to the established coordinate system at each
plant site.

(2) Topographic Map:

A topographic map covering an area sufficient to include all practical

arrangements of the facilities including intake, product and reject lines,
brine ponds, switchyard or substation, service area, sludge disposal area,
trash disposal area, and visitor facilities. Show all manmade features in the
included area on the map. A scale of 1-inch equals 50 feet with a 2-foot
contour interval is suitable for most structures. The scale, contour
interval, and detail should be based on the conditions and need at each
particular site.

(3) Aerial Photographs:

Aerial photographs (size 8 by 10 inches, color if feasible) of the sites of

major dams and structures. The purpose of the aerial views is to permit
early preparation of an artist's rendition of the feature and to permit a
study of the environmental impact of the structure. Later such renditions
or drawings may be used for inclusion in specifications or for other
purposes.

These photographs should be taken from locations that would best show
the proposed structure and from a vertical angle of approximately 20 to
30 degrees above the horizontal. Where possible, indicate known tie
points to the topographic maps. These photographs should be taken
between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m., so as not to show the principal area of the
proposed structure in shadow. Also submit the negatives or color slides.

Each region is urged to provide these photographs for smaller dams or

auxiliary structures whenever it is considered that artist’s conceptions
would be beneficial to the project and the architectural designs would be
influenced by the physical characteristics of the area.

(4) Photographs:

Color photographs of all existing facilities or structures in the vicinity of

the proposed plant and closeup views of any features which may affect
designs. Black and white photographs are acceptable for structures to be

September 2007 217

Design Data Collection Guidelines

removed or demolished. Color or Black and White Photographs of

structure sites with structure locations marked in ink.

D. Foundation Data:

The amount and detail of foundation data required for a specifications design will
vary. The guiding criteria should be to provide sufficient data to allow the
designer to determine the type of foundation required for the structures and to
identify major foundation problems. Adequate foundation data may be obtained
for small structures from an inspection of surface conditions and one or two
exploratory holes to determine type of overburden and foundation conditions
some distance below the base of the structure. These data, and any other data in
the following paragraph that are relevant, along with a brief description of
geologic conditions of the site, can be included in the design data.

A geologic report shall be prepared and a field conference should be held,

including an inspection of the site to determine the geologic investigations
program. In developing the geologic program and in preparing the geologic
report, the following should be considered:

(1) Geologic Data:

(a) A description of regional geology.

(b) A description and interpretation of site geology including physical

quality and geologic structure of the foundation strata, seasonal
ground water, ground subsidence, seismic conditions, existing and
potential landslide, snowslide and rock fall areas, surface water
runoff, and engineering geologic interpretations appropriate to the
engineering structure involved including the conditions expected
during excavation and construction.

(c) Geologic logs of all subsurface exploration. The coordinate

location and ground surface elevation of all existing exploratory
holes should, if necessary, be corrected to conform with the
permanent survey control system; and all subsequent exploratory
hole locations and elevations should be based on the same survey
control system.

(d) A geologic map, plotted on the topographic map of the site,

showing surface geology and the location of geologic sections, soil
profiles, and all subsurface exploration.

(e) Geologic sections, with detailed soil profiles as required, showing

known and interpreted subsurface conditions.

218 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

(f) Exploration holes should be extended into the foundation material

well below the base of the structure. An effort should be made to
run borehole geophysical logs when appropriate.

(g) Color photographs of pertinent geologic and topographic features

of the terrain including aerial photographs if available.

(h) Samples of foundation strata as needed for visual examination or

laboratory testing.

(i) Determine age of faulting in vicinity, especially if suspected to be

late Pleistocene or Holocene, to assist in the determination of the
seismic loading by specialists.

(j) A determination of natural ground water level.

(2) Engineering Data:

(a) Surficial soils (see Earth Manual, latest edition). Note geologic
sections and soil profiles in (1)(e) above.

• A classification, in accordance with the Unified

Classification System, of the soil in each major strata.

• A description of the undisturbed state of the soil in each

major strata.

• A delineation of the lateral extent and thickness of critical,

competent, poor, or potentially unstable strata including
swelling minerals, gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, etc.,
in foundations and excavation slopes, especially those to be
permanently exposed.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the strata, such as density,
permeability, shear strength, and consolidation or
expansion characteristics; and the effect of structure load,
changes in moisture and fluctuations, or permanent rise of
ground water on these properties.

• A determination by tests of the corrosive properties and

sulfate content of the soil and ground water.

(b) Bedrock (see Engineering Geology Field Manual). Note geologic

sections and soil profiles in (1)(e) above.

September 2007 219

Design Data Collection Guidelines

• A contour map of the top of bedrock. A description of

thickness of weathered, altered, fractured, or otherwise
softened zones, and other structural weaknesses and
discontinuities.

• A delineation of structurally weak, pervious, and

potentially unstable zones and strata of soft rock and/or soil
in foundations and excavation slopes, especially those to be
permanently exposed, with attention being paid to
engineering matters such as swelling minerals, presence of
gypsum and other sulfates, caliche, etc.

• An estimate or a determination by tests of the significant

engineering properties of the bedrock such as density,
absorption, permeability, shear strength, and strain
characteristics; and the effect of structure load, changes in
moisture, and fluctuations or permanent rise of ground
water on those properties.

(c) Brine disposal ponds:

• Excavation, fill and slope lines for ponds.

• Special problems such as possible ground water

contamination and regulations governing seepage losses
should be addressed.

• Major soil types should be identified including significant

factors such as expansive and low-density soils, dispersive
soils, rock. Material tests should be performed as required
to identify problem soils.

• Water table elevation.

• Lining recommendations will be considered along with the

foundation material in making recommendations regarding
lining. See “Brine Disposal Pond Manual.”

E. Corrosion Survey:

(1) In situ electrical resistivity measurements of geologic materials in the area

of construction. Additional measurements should be made in the areas
where there is a pronounced change in type of geologic materials,
drainage, and/or moisture conditions.

220 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

(2) Performance history of construction materials that have been used in the
area.

(3) List of structures in the vicinity of (within ¼ mile) the proposed structure
and appurtenant features. Determine if buried structures in the vicinity
have corrosion protection and, if so, the type of corrosion protection.

(4) List location, output, and purpose of the direct-current sources in the earth
situated within ¼ mile of the proposed structure and appurtenant features.
If the purpose of the direct current is for cathodic protection, describe the
structure protected and its location.

(5) Chemistry of geologic materials, ground water, and/or product water.

F. Construction Materials Including:

(1) An earth materials report containing complete detailed information on

those potential sources of soils and rocks that have been selected for final
consideration. (See Earth Manual.)

(2) Location and distance to suitable borrow areas for permeable and
impermeable soil materials for fill or embankment; and for riprap for
channel or slope protection. If quantities are limited, give approximate
volumes available.

(3) Information on concrete aggregates. (See “Final Investigations” in

Concrete Manual., “Investigation and Selection of Concrete Materials,”
8th Edition).

(4) Information on sources and character of acceptable road surfacing

materials. Consider excavated material as a possible source.

(5) Data on commercial concrete plants within practical hauling distance from
the structure site.

(6) Information including catalogs on firms within practical hauling distance

from the site manufacturing precast concrete products and brick or other
masonry units.

(7) Results of sampling and analysis of materials, including previous tests.

G. Hydrologic Data:

(1) Description of feed water source (surface water, ground water, drains,
wells, wastewater, partially treated wastewater, etc.).

(2) Monthly periodic fluctuations of feed water flows shown by tables or

charts summarizing operation studies for normal and minimum and

September 2007 221

Design Data Collection Guidelines

maximum periods. Include periods of expected no-flow or aquifer size

and recharge rate monthly averages.

(3) Maximum, maximum and minimum operating water surface elevations;

flood flows; average flow. For under ground sources, include expected
drawdown during pumping as a function of pumping rate.

(4) Recommend minimum trashrack or gate deck elevation.

(5) Anticipated occurrence and amounts of silt, sediments, biomass, ice

(thickness) and drift (trash), and possible effect on feedwater source
outlets to pretreatment plants or inlets to desalting plants.

(6) Potential location for and volume of reservoir(s) suitable for leveling of
daily or annual fluctuation in flow or salinity of water source.

(7) Where unwatering of a plant site adjacent to a stream or lake is required,

give maximum water levels expected during the construction period and
the possibility of controlling water levels by operation of upstream or
downstream facilities.

(8) Determine composition of feed water; see table 2 at the end of this section.

(9) For brine disposal ponds obtain flood frequency flows for major surface
channels.

H. Operating Data:

A testing program may be required to assimilate these data:

(1) Results of investigations or design studies proposed during feasibility

design.

(2) Results of pretreatment studies carried out at or near the proposed facility
site.

(3) Commitments for water delivery. Product water use and distribution
requirements. Projected monthly quantity of product water delivery on
demand basis or minimum delivery required over useful plant life.

(4) Recommendations on whether plant should be an indoor or outdoor

structure.

(5) Flow, pressure, or other parameters and measurement accuracy

requirements.

(6) Future plans for facility expansion. Proposed initial and ultimate plant
capacity, and staged construction recommendations.

222 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

(7) Product water quality data to include the following:

(a) Desired salinity and pH of product water and limits on specific ion
levels, if applicable.

(b) Desired percent of water recovery.

(c) Post treatment requirements for pH and limitations on chemical

constituents for the desalting plant product water and brine reject.

(8) Recommendations for maintenance of water quality standards including:

(a) Published guidelines and regulations for air and water quality
standards.

(b) Suppression of nitrogen, adequate oxygen levels, and temperature

control and control of turbidity during construction; also
requirements for multilevel intakes.

(9) Maximum acceptable cost of product water, dollars per thousand gallons.

(10) Profile, alignment, and requirements for intake, product, and reject lines;
recommended types of pipe and types of coatings and linings.

(11) Current estimated dollar value of:

(a) Product water.

(b) Salt removed.

(c) Water to replace reject.

(12) The availability and cost of possible energy sources:

(a) Amount of power required for operation of facilities.

(b) Electrical (see also Section 2, “Powerplants and Pumping Plants”).

• Location and direction of existing or proposed incoming

powerlines terminating at site.

• Source and voltage of incoming power. Name of agency or

utility supplying power, limitation on motor starting
voltage drops and number of starts, power factor limitation,
and distance to source.

• Power voltage, number of phases, and capacity of existing

transmission lines; power rate (power company energy and

September 2007 223

Design Data Collection Guidelines

demand charges), schedules; probability of interruption of

supply; and requirements for additional transmission line, if
needed.

• Existence of transmission lines of other agencies and utility

companies operating in the area which might influence
connection of power units; furnish voltage, capacity, type
of construction, and distance for these lines from
pretreatment and desalting facilities.

• Short circuit capacity of incoming power systems.

• A copy of applicable power company regulations.

• If a switchyard is required, refer to Section 10,

“Switchyards and Substations.”

• Other energy sources, fossil fuel, solar, geothermal, wind.

(13) Disposal sites locations:

(a) The suggested disposal sites should be able to meet requirements

of either State or the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for
discharge of pollutants.

(b) Plant reject flow.

(c) Debris, biomass, aquatic weeds, sediment, and sludge.

(d) Spent chemicals from pretreatment and desalting cleaning and

storage solutions.

(14) Nature of operation, i.e., whether attended, semiautomatic, fully

automatic, or supervisory controlled. If supervisory controlled, give
location of master station.

(15) Regional comprehensive operating scheme, including possible integration

with any existing scheme.

(16) Availability, cost, and method of shipment of treatment chemicals, such

as:

(a) Lime, CaO, and Ca(OH)2.

(b) Soda ash, Na2CO3.
(c) Ferric sulfate.
(d) Chlorine.

224 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

(e) Carbon dioxide.

(f) Sulfuric acid, H2SO4.
(g) Sodium hexametaphosphate.
(h) Others.

(17) For brine disposal ponds:

(a) Source and quantity of water.

(b) Water surface elevations and capacity at inlet control.

(c) Annual net evaporation rates and monthly distribution.

(d) Average monthly wind velocities and prevailing direction.

(e) Plan of operation for disposal pond controls including extent of

supervisory control.

(f) Provisions for surface drainage in the area of disposal ponds.

(g) Provisions for cleaning ponds and delineation of disposal areas for
residue from ponds.

(h) Possible utilization of residue from ponds such as reclaiming

chemicals, etc.

(i) Evaporation enhancement programs to be considered such as spray

or dyes.

(18) If recalcination is to be considered provide information for determining

the feasibility of recalcination, such as environmental factors and market
potential for excess lime.

(19) Market potential for treatment byproducts such as sludge or brine.

(20) Estimated number of O&M personnel.

(21) Source of potable water.

(22) State potable water standards and water treatment requirements.

(23) Source of water supply for fire protection.

(24) Description of work tasks that require special lighting.

(25) Availability of plant equipment repair shops in vicinity; provisions of

central shop. Recommendation for maintenance facilities.

September 2007 225

Design Data Collection Guidelines

(26) Disposition of existing facilities in the area such as pipelines, power and
telephone lines, and fences.

(27) Office and file space requirements in facilities

(28) Recommendation for inclusion, in the plant, of a major or minor machine

shop or service area. Where a service area or machine shop is specified in
a plant, furnish floor area requirements and the name and size of machine
tools, benches required, and need for welding booths or rooms.

(29) Special exhaust, heating, ventilating, or air conditioning requirements.

(30) Housed and open O&M storage requirements at site; offsite storage to be
provided; existing storage space and facilities.

I. Right-of-Way. A marked print showing the following data:

(1) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for construction purposes.

(2) Proposed right-of-way boundaries for access purposes (if required).

(3) Designation of areas within right-of-way boundaries for the following

special problems.

(a) Disposal of waste material.

(b) Contractor’s plant, storage, and other incidental purposes.
(c) Contractor’s camp (if applicable).
(d) Government construction facilities (if applicable).

J. Environmental Considerations. Design data should include, as a minimum, a

brief description of the environment that could be affected by the proposed
development. The emphasis should be on those areas in the range of alternatives
open to the designers in developing a process and plant design. The following
items should also be considered in preparing design data:

(1) The environmental setting.

(2) Impact of product water quality on proposed use of water or the mixing
with natural waters.

(3) Historical and archeological values.

(4) Background on the need for fish facilities, such as fishways and barriers.

226 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

(5) Impact of moving construction materials on existing road facilities,

including consideration of such factors as traffic congestion, effect on road
condition, air pollution, etc.

(6) Erosion and sediment control.

(7) Specify seeding or replanting requirements for erosion control or esthetics.

(8) Comment on disposal of special excavation problem materials such as

lignite.

(9) The need for blending structures with the surroundings, including placing
transmission circuits underground.

(10) The need for a field conference to resolve critical environmental problems
with participation of other agencies.

(11) Anticipated public use around the structure.

(12) Furnish data on allowable noise limits in the vicinity of the proposed
facility where fixed by law or local ordinance, or where otherwise
considered necessary or advisable; measurements of existing daytime and
nighttime ambient noise levels in the area: and distances to the nearest
residential units.

(13) Published guidelines and regulations concerning air and water quality
standards.

(14) Furnish data on state or local restrictions on the use of soil herbicides or
local factors limiting their use.

(15) Recommendations for landscaping and source of irrigation water.

(16) State requirements for wastewater treatment and disposal.

(17) Brine disposal ponds.

(a) The need for escape structures and/or protective fences for human
beings, deer, or other wildlife.

(b) Any laws or regulations that pertain to seepage of ground water or

disposal of residue from ponds.

(c) Local effects of increased humidity due to evaporation.

September 2007 227

Design Data Collection Guidelines

K. Cost Data. Cost data developed in preliminary estimates should be included.

(1) Where buildings are located within the area to be cleared by the prime
contractor, and if disposal will be the contractor’s responsibility, designate
building groups by number and furnish detailed list of buildings for each
group. Details should include general description, size, materials, and
general condition. Determine if disposal will be the responsibility of
prime contractor. If not, submit dates when disposition will be completed
by others.

(2) Information on local labor supply and labor problems. Note if there are
labor shortages for key trade groups or other concerns which may require
premium pay.

(3) Information on important construction work in progress or planned in the

vicinity and the presence of interested contractors or subcontractors in the
area.

(4) Impact of planned disposal systems.

(5) Interest rate for economic studies.

(6) Power company energy and demand charges.

(7) Pumping power rate for economic studies.

(8) Repayment interest rate.

(9) Local freight or trucking rates.

(10) Estimates of cost of relocating railroads, highways, roads, water systems,

and other public utilities. Include supporting data.

(11) Estimate of cost of right-of-way or easements.

(12) Disposition of existing facilities in the construction area such as pipelines,

power and telephone lines, and fences.

L. Site Security:

(1) Security requirements for protection of plant and equipment from

vandalism or sabotage.

(2) Expected visitor load at plant. Requirements for public safety and visitors
facilities.

228 September 2007

 Chapter 4 – Specifications Designs
19. Water Treatment Plants

M. Construction Considerations:

(1) Water for Construction Purposes. For large rivers, this item may be
unimportant. For small streams and offstream reservoirs, the item
becomes critical. Determine if up to 2-ft3/s diversion flow for
Construction purposes can be assured to the contractor. The Government
should obtain the water rights required. If necessary to use ground water,
obtain information on probable sources and yields. Furnish information
on locations and yields of existing wells in the vicinity. Determine
restrictions, if any, to use of ground water for this purpose. It may be
necessary to obtain permits from State or other governing agencies.
Retrieve water quality samples for testing and evaluation.

(2) Recommended period for construction.

N. Coordination with Other Agencies:

(1) List of agencies and organizations outside of Reclamation which will have
design and construction requirements inputs. Also, give names of contact
persons, mailing addresses, telephone numbers, email addresses, and web
sites.

(2) Design data requirements.

(3) Review requirements.

O. Miscellaneous Data:

(1) Recommendations for landscaping, irrigation sprinkler system, and source

of irrigation water.

(2) Recommendations for inclusion of visitor facilities.

(3) Recommendations for special protection of roof or yard from falling rocks
or boulders.

(4) Vegetation to be cleared (kinds, size, and density of growth).

P. Site Security. Many Reclamation projects may require a security risk

assessment. The need for a site-specific security risk assessment should be
considered for feasibility designs where an assessment may impact the field cost
estimate and for specifications designs. Specific issues to consider are contained
in Section 14 of Chapter 7 – Site Security and Public and Worker Safety. If
assistance is required to determine specific design data needs, contact the Office
of Security, Safety and Law Enforcement. Where design data and designs include
site-specific security assessment, compliance with Reclamation Manual DM Part
444 – Physical Protection and Facility Security, Chapters 1 and 2 is required.

September 2007 229

 Design Data Collection Guidelines

Table 2 – Feedwater quality data requirements

Parameter Units
Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L
+2
Calcium (Ca ) mg/L
+2
Magnesium (Mg ) mg/L
+
Sodium (Na ) mg/L
+
Potassium (k ) mg/L
Total Cations meq/L

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L

-2
Carbonate (CO3 ) mg/L
-
Bicarbonate (HCO3 ) mg/L
-2
Sulfate (SO4 ) mg/L
-
Fluoride (F ) mg/L
-
Chloride (Cl ) mg/L
-3
Nitrate (NO ) mg/L
-3
Phosphate (PO4 ) mg/L
Total Anions meq/L

+3
Aluminum (Al ) mg/L
+2
Barium (Ba ) mg/L
+2
Copper (Cu ) mg/L
Iron (Total) mg/L
+2
Iron (Dissolved-Fe ) mg/L
Manganese (Total) mg/L
+2
Manganese (Dissolved-Mn ) mg/L
+3
Arsenic (As ) µg/L
Selenium (Total) mg/L
-2
Selenium (Dissolved-Se ) µg/L
+2
Strontium (Sr ) mg/L

Dissolved Oxygen (O2) mg/L

Hydrogen Sulfide/Sulfide mg/L
Total Suspended Solids mg/L
Silica (SiO2) mg/L
Specific Conductivity µohm/cm
o
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS, Evap @ 180 C) mg/L
Total Organic Carbon mg/L
o
Temperature C
Turbidity NTU
pH Unitless
Notes:
Monthly minimums, maximums and average concentrations of the above parameters for 12 consecutive months is
ideal.
May need bacteriological (cryptosporidium, giardia, e-coli) data. May need PAH's, HAA's or TTHM data.

230 September 2007